—-_ =s : <= ——== - 13/1902) ea “~ EX LIBRIS | Wilham Healey Dall Division of Mollusks Sectional Library “iia HONS gecTionel LuaRnty pNision Kee a am ey TRUASKA’ ~ 4 ° = * = = VOLUME XIII - Tao ii : yee A a: thee fee te is, 7 Ne hen, i IX SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION WILLIAM [ EC CIV’ HARRIMAN ALASKA SERIES VOLUME Xxlill LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS BY WILLIAM H. DALL HYDROIDS BY €; C. NUTTING Uy wx : iy eae, SINGTON. (PusiicaTion 2000) CITY OF WASHINGTON PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 1910 nS Inc I ‘1944 DIVISION Ur Wil ADVERTISEMENT. The publication of the series of volumes on the Harriman Alaska Expedition of 1899, heretofore pri- vately printed, has been transferred to the Smithsonian Institution by Mrs. Edward H. Harriman, and the work will hereafter be known as the Harriman Alaska Series of the Smithsonian Institution. The remainder of the edition of Volumes I to V, and VIII to XIII, as also Volumes VI and VII in preparation, together with any additional volumes that may hereafter appear, will bear special Smithsonian title pages. SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, WASHINGTON, D.C., Juty, 1910 HARRIMAN ALASKA EXPEDITION WITH COOPERATION OF WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ALASKA VOLUME XIII LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS BY WILLIAM H. DALL HYDROIDS BY: C.-C. NUTTING NEW YORK DOUBLEDAY, PAGE & COMPANY 1905 a a En oe 7 7 = = - : P c= oy : —_ ’ a e COPYRIGHT, 1905 BY ; Epwarp H. HARRIMAN * .* - Z _ a _ i ?. io hal , PREFACE THE present volume comprises two papers: one on the Land and Fresh Water Mollusks of Alaska, by Dr. Wm. H. Dall; the other on the Hydroids of the Expedition, by Prof. C. C. Nutting. Dr. Dall’s paper has not been previously published ; Professor Nutting’s appeared in the Proceedings of the Wash- ington Academy of Sciences in May, 1901. The number of new Mollusks here described is twelve ; of new Hydroids twenty. C. Hart Merriam, Liditor. WasHincTon, D. C., June 15, 1905. ie F a 1 ‘ we ist, Sas aaa u NT 2 oe Sn bi, Deo: eee on es ie on i a CONTENTS PAGE PREFACE:....22- RRR ee ua thisis vienna teciccanmaocadares eases Reese Uaaiare to is List oF ILLUSTRATIONS. ........ Baas Aes eewiaranne nachoman estes Pere ix LAND AND FresH WaTeER Motuusks, BY WILLIAM H. DALL. General idiscussiomiand TeSUltSs. 25.50. c05 aceccadeesucs cuweweasoedewsice I Summary of distribution of fresh water species in Alaska and adjacent regions Et one cetsmaniagteesamaeen amass sece I Table of distribution of fresh water species according to drainage’ Systems NOW CXISHNOS.. 6.2... cene ve. csvoteweasen 4 Summary of distribution of land shells of Alaska and ad- JACEDE TEPIONS! aoe gosesesse: Wis Sead se see e see sede iene useee ae eects i Table of distribution of American land shells.............. 8S Summary of the mollusk fauna of northeastern Asia..... 9 Table of distribution of northeast Asiatic land and fresh water shells 32.20... Pan eget ena Oieesenisenasiesiaeineausates's 14 Conclusions in regard to the Alaskan fauna................ 15 Systematic catalogue of land and fresh water mollusks of North America north of the forty-ninth parallel .......... 19 BI DMO SPAPIY, <:anec sce cacinnssiess | o oy | Gy | | 0 ° bymnzattruncatulaMiilleriss.-.ccscse--c2scestaseeeacces ie) fo) o | | © fo) Planorbis limophilus West.... =| ONT OFy| | Planorbis nitidus Miiller ... at <2 fo) oO} | Planorbis contortus Miiller ... .| 0 fo) ° | | Planorbis carinatus Miiller ........ o | 0 o | Planorbis borealis (Lovén) West o ° ° | ° ° Planorbis kamchaticus West....... ° Planorbis méllendorffii Dyb... .| ° Planorbis albus Miiller ........ | o fo) ° fe) ° | te) oO Physa fontinalis L GENERAL DISCUSSION 15 TABLE III. DISTRIBUTION OF NORTHEAST ASIATIC LAND AND FRESH WATER SHELLS. — Continued. eer ree [eet Bete lag Name of Species. Ps} | & E & £ < Aplexa hypnorum L...,........scseseeeeeseeeeeneseseeeneeeees ix) ° ° ° Carychium minimum Miiller. eas Ow ° ° Siphonaria thersites Cpr.... as . ° ° Valvata cristata Miiller ...............000+ Bossi 1) ° fo) fo) Valvata piscinalis Miiller............. fo) fe) o ° Valvata sibirica Midd....... fo) Valvata stelleri Dybowski.. fo) Vivipara limnzoides Schr.. ° Vivipara prerosa Gerstf.... fo) ? Vivipara ussuriensis Gerstf. o ? Bythinia troscheli Paasch... ° ° Bythinia kickxii Westend... fo) ° fo) Bythinia striatula Benson... Scienencosa eons fo) fo) Melania cancellata Benson Biases eeseuaees ° ° Spherium corneum L....... Co) ° Sphzerium lacustre Miiller.. ° fe) ° ° Spheerium asiaticum Mts............:00sseeeees Sees ° ° ° Corneocyclas amnica Miiller...............2.0+ 1.0 fo) Corneocyclas abdita Hald.... fo) fo) Comeocyclas fontinalis Pfr ... fo) fo) fo) Corneocyclas zquilateralis Pr.. ° ° Corneocyclas sibirica Clessin, ° ° ° Cristaria herculea Midd..... ° ° Cristaria plicata Leach...... fo) fo) Anodonta beringiana Midd ° fo) fo) ° Anodontal woodiana: Weay. i. tccersscnerensosscscoeensehers co) ° Margaritana margaritifera L ...........cssssseceseeeseeenere ° fo) ° ° ° Unio pictorum L. var. longirostris Réssmissler........| © ° ° IV. CONCLUSIONS IN REGARD TO THE ALASKAN FAUNA. The fauna of Alaska, so far as the land and fresh water shells considered in this paper enable us to judge, is composite. The mollusks are characteristic especially of two, and to a much smaller extent of two other, faunas. The former are limited by topographic features. Thus the fauna of boreal Canada, in constantly diminishing number of species, is extended to the northwest, north of the Alaskan Range to Bering Sea on the west and the Arctic Coast on the north. In like manner the fauna of the northern part of the Pacific States is extended west of the ranges which in the north repre- sent the Rocky Mountains, and between them and the sea, northward into British Columbia and thence westward into Alaska, south of the Alaskan Range, until the last representa- 10 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS tives of the fauna disappear among the islands of the Aleutian chain. In British Columbia a few species belong to the valley region between the Rockies and the Cascade Mountains, and do not reach the sea coast, but these are too few to modify perceptibly the general rule, and as a matter of fact they, like the valleys themselves, soon disappear after crossing the 49th parallel. Very much the same thing is true of the birds, as I was able to demonstrate some thirty five years ago; and even the marine mollusks of the Alaskan coast form a somewhat analogous assembly. The other two faunas concerned are those (1) of Asia, or rather eastern Siberia, that part of Asia nearest to Alaska, and (2) the Holarctic or circumboreal group of species which are common to the entire boreal zone and characteristic of it, though rather few in number. In referring to the Canadian fauna it will of course be clearly understood that the fauna of that part of Canada discussed in this paper and not the entire fauna of the whole Dominion is meant. With this reservation we may proceed to discuss the matter from the statistical point of view. One hundred and forty seven species or strongly marked varieties are enumerated here from the Canadian region as above limited, and fifteen other forms are mentioned which though not known to cross the boundary yet in all proba- bility will eventually be found to do so. By reference to the preceding tables the extension of each species will be found recorded, and the particular localities as far as discov- erable are enumerated in the following text. Forty one spe- cies are known from the Alaskan extension of this fauna north of the Alaskan Mountains, or characteristic of that part of the territory. Half of these are circumboreal or Holarctic forms. The fauna of British Columbia, or the British Columbian extension of what I many years ago designated the Oregon- ian fauna, comprises seventy five species, so far as known, to which in all probability should be added some thirty eight which are known to approach the parallel of 49° from the south and GENERAL DISCUSSION OF whica probably cross it, making a probable total British Colum- bian fauna of one hundred and thirteen forms. Considering the very small area occupied by this assembly, when compared with the vast expanse populated by the Canadian fauna, the number is notable. Doubtless in both cases future exploration will add a reasonable number not now enumerated or still undescribed by naturalists. The contributions from the Columbian assembly to the fauna of Alaska south of the Alaskan and west of the Cascade Ranges comprise thirty five known and six probable species, a total of forty one forms probably inhabiting the area referred to. Some of these, however, are common to northern Alaska also, making the proper deduction for which we find sixty five species of land and fresh water mollusks known to inhabit the territory of Alaska, with six or seven more which are likely with further exploration to be credited to it in addition to those now known, even if no undescribed species turn up. The vast unexplored areas, the uncertainties connected with lists of obsolete names and doubtful identifications, the doubt as to what may be considered specific limits in groups of noto- rious variability, and especially the frequent absence of specimens from which better deductions might have been drawn than were possible from the extant literature, have all contributed to the difficulties under which this memoir has been prepared. Those who have done work on similar lines will understand, and will view without undue severity, the imperfections which the author only too well realizes, and yet which it was out of his power, in the present state of our knowledge, to avoid. It is hoped, however, that this summary will make the path somewhat easier for those who follow him, and contribute a reasonable share to the better appreciation of the facts of Nature of which it treats. And if, among the hardy explorers of whom our neighbors of Canada are justly proud, this paper serves to stimulate an increased interest in the subject, the author will feel that his endeavors are amply repaid. mh a o ‘ hs W if 7 ‘\ - ' : : , ‘ ~~ i = SYSTEMATIC CATALOGUE OF LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS OF NORTH AMERICA FROM THE REGION NORTH OF THE FORTY-NINTH PARALLEL. The following annotated catalogue is intended to contain a list of all the species known to inhabit the designated region, with the addition of a few which approach the boundary so closely that it is highly probable that on further search their range will be found to cross it. Names of species belonging to the latter category are preceded by an asterisk. It is intended that the synonymy which follows the name shall exhibit references to the original description of the species, to a good figure, and to the work in which the synonymy, if at all complicated, may be found most fully set forth. The syn- onymy of some of the genera mentioned seeming to be in great need of elucidation, an attempt has been made to clear it up. In other cases, where the work has elsewhere recently been done, the generic name and authority alone are cited. For the flelicide and associated forms I have depended upon the ar- rangement of Dr. H. A. Pilsbry, the acknowledged master of the subject; and for the Naiades, in like manner, on the ‘Synopsis’ of Mr. Chas. T. Simpson. Some of the other groups I had previously worked up elsewhere, and have utilized the results in this catalogue. After the synonymy it has been attempted to state the range of the species geographically, in general terms. This state- ment is followed by a citation of special localities within the designated region from which the species has been reported, and in those cases in which the writer has verified the report by the examination of specimens, the name of the locality is followed by an exclamation mark. These data are exemplified or explained by notes following the details of geographical distribution in a separate paragraph. The data in many cases have been taken from the literature, a bibliography of which concludes this paper; and it follows that the resent writer assumes no responsibility for the identifi- (19) 20 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS cation of species so derived. Usually, however, there is no particular reason for doubting the accuracy of these identifica- tions. It has not seemed necessary, in most cases, to cite the authority for the locality, a course which would have unduly increased the bulk and diminished the clearness of the distribu- tional statement. The authority, as a rule, can easily be found by reference to the bibliography. In a few cases, however, it has seemed desirable to include in parentheses the authority for the locality cited, especially when the latter seemed unusual or debatable. Family HELICIDZ. Genus Helix (L.) Pilsbry. Helix (Cepzea) hortensis Miiller. Flelix hortensis MULLER, Verm. Terr. et Fluv., II, p. §2, 1774. — BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 181, figs. 317-320, 1869. Helix subglobosa BINNEY, Boston Journ, Nat. Hist., 1, p. 485, pl. xv1, 1867. Range.— Europe from Hungary to the Atlantic between middle Scandinavia and the Pyrenees, northeastern border of North America. Labrador; Newfoundland; Anticosti Island! Barachois, Gaspé; Cape Breton Island!" Halifax ! Casco Bay, Maine! shore of Cape Ann and adjacent islets, Mass.! Nantucket Island! Pleistocene deposits near Portland, Maine! A single specimen was once found in Greenland, but was doubtless imported accidentally. The prevalent type is light yellow, without or with only faint traces of bands. The former is Binney’s 77. swbg7obosa. The wide distribution of the species, often on un- inhabitable islets off a coast little frequented, and its presence, which I have verified, in the glacial Pleis- tocene of Maine, tend to confirm the view that it is a prehistoric immigrant if an immigrant at all. Fic. 1. Helix I have seen most of the commoner varieties which hortensis var. are prevalent in Europe, but it is obvious to the col- peewee Bin- lector that the brighter colored types with sharply aa define ddark bands form an insignificant proportion of the American specimens ; while the shells as a whole seem smaller than the average dimensions of European specimens. 1 The exclamation point indicates that specimens from this locality have been seen by me and verified as correctly identified. FAMILY HELICID/£ 21 Helix (Arianta) arbustorum L. has been noted as an introduced species, at St. John, Newfoundland, just outside of our region, by Whiteaves. Genus Epiphragmophora Doering. Epiphragmophora fidelis Gray. Flelix fidelis Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1834, p. 67 ; Conch. Cab., 2d ed., Mon. Hex, p. 321, pl. LVM, figs. 12, 13. Helix nuttalliana Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., vi, p. 88, pl. xx1, fig. 74, EE ahere fidelis PILSBRY, Class. Cat. N. Am. Landsh., p. 4, 1897. Range. — Northern California to Sitka, Alaska. Sumas Prairie, Fraser River valley, B. C. (common to 6,000 ft., J. K. Lord) ; Chilliwak Lake, B. C.; Victoria! Nanaimo! Comox! on Vancouver Island; Growler Cove, Broughton Strait; Union Bay ! False Bay, Lasqueti Id.; Malaspina Inlet; N. point Texada Island, British Columbia; Sitka, Alaska! The Sitkan and Columbian specimens are apparently not markedly different from those collected further south, and pass through the same color variations. If there is any difference it is that the northern speci- mens are a little smaller and exhibit no tendency to pilosity. The two specimens obtained at Sitka were found near the Hot Springs. There is no evidence in regard to the distribution of the species north of Sitka, but it would not be surprising if it were eventually found to extend on the outer islands as far north as Cross Sound. Genus Zoogenites Morse. This group has been united with the Acanthinula of Beck, of which, it would seem, little is known but the shell, while we have, thanks to Morse, a very satisfactory account of our mollusk. I prefer therefore to defer any consolidation with Acanthinuda until it is shown to be necessary. The information to be had from Moquin Tandon in regard to Acanthinula aculeata is unsatisfactory and insufficient. Westerlund (1902) has proposed a genus Awdaca to contain both (prior) genera! Zoogenites harpa Say. Flelix harpa Say, Rep, Long's Exped., 1, p. 256, pl. xv, fig. 1, 1824; Bin- ney’s Say, p. 29, pl. LxxIv, fig. 1. Pupa costulata MIGHELS, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 1, p. 187, 1844. Bulimus harpa PFEIFFER, Conch. Cat., ed. 11, Bulimus, p. 305, pl. Lx, figs. 17-19. flelix amurensis GERSTFELDT, Mém. des. Sav. étr., Ix, p. 517, pl. 1, figs. 26, a—c, 1859. 22 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Zoigenites harpa Morse, Journ. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., 1, p 32, pl. 1, figs. 1-14, 1864; Am. Nat., 1, p. 608, figs. 50-51, 1868. Acanthinula harpa Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 1, p. 156, figs. 267-9, 1869 ; Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 28, p. 185, figs. 181-184, 1885. Zobgenetes harpa auct. plur. Range.— Northwestern Scandinavia, northeastern America, British America near Hudson Bay, Southeastern Alaska, and the easternmost margin of Siberia. Konyam Bay, eastern Siberia; Avacha Bay, Kamchatka! Bering Island, Commander group; lower Amur River region. Klehini, Chil- kat Inlet and valley, Alaska; English River, Manitoba! Moose Factory ! Hudson Bay; Minnesota; Gaspé; New England; etc. The peculiarities of the distribution of this curious little mollusk are referred to in the general discussion of the fauna of northeastern Asia. Genus Vallonia Risso. Vallonia Risso, Hist. Eur. Mér., Iv, p. 101, 1826; V. rosalia Risso, pl. 3, fig. 30, = Helix costata Miiller. Zurama LEACH, Proofsheets, p. 108, 1819.—TuRTON, Man., p. 64, 1831; Gray's Turton, p. 141, 1840.—Lracu, Syn. Moll. Gt. Brit., p. 77, 1852 ; fT. pulchella Miller. Amplexis Brown, Ill. Conch. Gt. Brit., expl. pl. xu1, figs. 75-79, 1827; 7. pulchella Miiller. Amplexus BROWN, op. cit., 2d ed., p. 45, 1844. Chilostoma (sp.) FITZINGER, Syst. Verz., p. 98, 1833. Circinaria (sp.) BECK, Index Moll., p. 23, 1837. Glaphyra ALBERS, Heliceen, p. 87, 1850. Lucena Moquin TANbon, Hist. Moll. Terr. et Fluv. France, 1, pp. 98, 140, 1855; not of Oken, 1815, or Hartmann, 1821. Vallonia pulchella Miiller. Flelix pulchella MULLER, Verm. Terr., U, p. 30, 1774.—BINNEY, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., 11, p. 375, pl. 1x, fig. 2, 1840.—W. G. Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 157 (ex parte), figs. 270-1, 1869. Fic. 2. Vallonia pulchella, }. Helix minuta Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 123, 1819.—MorsE, Am. Nat., I, p. 544, fig. 39, 1867. Felix paludosa DaCosta, Brit. Conch., p. 59, 1778. Vallonia minuta MORSE, Journ. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., 1, p. 21, figs. 54— 56, pl. vil, fig. 57, 1864. FAMILY HELICID/& 23 Range. — Europe; North Africa, southern and western Siberia to the Amur; Madeira; the Azores; eastern North America from Manitoba to Florida and Montana to Nova Scotia. Manitoba, at Winnipeg and Pembina; north to the Saskatchewan (Richardson). Introduced? in California. Although Risso’s figure of V. rosa//a represents a perfectly smooth shell, his diagnosis calls for one with elevated lamelle ; it is probable therefore that he regarded the present species and V. costata as varie- ties of a single species. Vallonia costata Miiller. Helix costata MULLER, Verm. Terr., 1, p. 31, 1774. Flelix crenella MONTAGU, Test. Brit., 1, p. 441, pl. x1, fig. 3, 1804. Felix pulchella var. ROSSMASSLER, VI, p. 6, fig. 439, 1838.— FERUSSAC, Hist., pl. Lxrx E, figs. 15-17, 1821. Range. — With V. pulchella in Europe and Asia; in America in the northern States and northward from Kansas and Colorado. Manitoba (Hanham). This species has been so constantly confused with the other costate species and with V. pulchedla that it is hardly practicable to determine its true range from the literature. Vallonia gracilicosta Reinhardt. Vallonia gracilicosta REINHARDT, Sitz. Ber. der Ges. Naturf. Freunde zu Ber- lin, 1883, No. 3, p. 42. Little Missouri. Range. — Rocky Mountain region, westward and northward from the upper Missouri. Manitoba, at Winnipeg; in Alberta at Laggan. Red Deer Olds and McLeod. Easily recognized by its very prominent, not crowded, very oblique lamellz. Vallonia albula Sterki. Vallonia albula STERKI, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1893, p. 263, pl. viuI, figs. D, 0; Nautilus, rx, p. 17, May, 1895. Range. — Eastern Canada to British Columbia. Quebec; Manitoba; Vancouver Island. Vallonia asiatica Nevill. Flelix costata var. asiatica NEVILL, Sci. Results 2d Yarkand Mission, p. 4, No. 7, 1877. Vallonia asiatica REINHARDT, Sitz. Ber. der Ges. Naturf. Freunde zu Berlin, 1883, No. 3, p. 42. Range.— Central Asia, Tibet. Alaska. 24 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Pyramid Island, Lynn Canal, Alaska, fide Reinhardt. This form, collected by Dr. Krause, was identified by Dr. Rein- hardt with Nevill’s species and is included here solely on his authority, as I have not seen specimens. Genus Polygyra Say. Polygyra devia Gould. felix devia GOULD, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 11, p. 165, 1846.—BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 152, fig. 259, 1869. flelix baskervillet PFEIFFER, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 130, 1849.— REEVE, Conch. Icon., Heé/éx, fig. 684, 1852. Polygyra devia Pitssry, Class. Cat. N. Am. Landsh., p. 11, 1897. Range. — Washington and Idaho, north into British Columbia. Sumas Prairie, B. C.; Esquimalt, Vancouver Island. Polygyra columbiana Lea. Flelix columbiana Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., vi, p. 89, pl. xxuu, fig. 75, 1839.— Binney, Terr. Moll., 11, p. 169, pl. v, 1851. Helix labiosa GOULD, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 11, p. 165, 1846; Expl. Exp. Moll., p. 67, fig. 35, 1852. Polygyra columbiana PiusBry, Class. Cat. N. Am. Landsh., p. 11, 1897. Range. — Monterey Bay, California, to Yakutat Bay, Alaska, in the moist wooded region west of the Rocky Mountains. Mountains of Idaho, western Montana and Washington; Vancouver Island at Victoria! Nanaimo and Nootka; British Columbia mainland on banks of Fraser River (Lord) and Skeena River! (Osgood) ; Har- bledown and Pender Islands, Johnstone Strait; Union Bay! Port Simpson; and Cumshewa Inlet, Queen Charlotte Islands! B. C.; in Alaska at Cape Fox! Annette Island, Killisnoo, Sitka! Lynn Canal; Biorka Island! Chilkat valley! Lituya Bay ! Yakutat ! There are several varieties of this widespread and familiar species. First, the type, subconic rather elevated and small, with narrow re- flexed lip. Lea’s specimen was decorticated and showed no signs of the hairs with which the shell is usually covered, but this was accidental ; some specimens normally show hardly a trace of the hairs which are usually so conspicuous. The second variety, P. /adzosa Gould, is larger, more depressed relatively, with a broader, somewhat flexuous reflected lip. This form is more prevalent in the interior of Washing- ton, Idaho, etc., and more often has a parietal tooth or trace of a tooth. The variety saxtacruzensts is in form more like the type but much smaller, thin, lighter colored, with a sparser pelage, and about half the specimens have a trace of a parietal tooth, while in a lot of about seven hundred columébzana, from Sitka, I found only one specimen FAMILY HELICID£ 25 which had any parietal tooth. The mountain forms from California, if not hybrids, are so very different from the hairy coast or lowland shells that one is tempted to regard them as distinct; they frequently are rough, hairless, with heavy lip and well marked parietal tooth. A young specimen of the typical form, collected near Yakutat Village by the Harriman Expedition, is reversed. Some specimens of this and another species, both of which are con- fined to wooded regions so far as authentically known, were once sent me as from a point considerably north of Yakutat and from the tree- less region. Ido not believe these shells were correctly labelled, and hence have not included them in the list of localities. My own im- pression is that the extension northward of this species and Crrc‘naréa vancouverensts has been prevented by the wide stretch of glacial area just north and west from Yakutat Bay. I have searched for this species at Prince William Sound and Cook Inlet, in suitable situa- tions, but without success. Polygyra townsendiana Lea. Felix townsendiana LEA, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., vi, p. 99, pl. xxrmI, fig. 80, 1839. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 164, fig. 285, 1869. Range.—Puget Sound region and south (to northern Califor- nia?). Seattle, Wash.; Lake Chilliwak and Sumas Prairie, British Columbia. Eastward from the moist coast region the following species oc- curs and is sometimes regarded as a depauperate form of P. fown- sendiana. *Polygyra ptychophora Brown. y Felix ptychophora A. D. Brown, Journ. de Conchyl., 3me Sér., x, p. 392, Oct., 1870. Arionta townsendiana var. plychophora, BINNEY, Man. Am. Landsh., p. 129, fig. 102, 1885. Range.— Western Montana (at Deer Lodge) westward through northern Idaho to Spokane, Wash., and to The Dalles, in northern Oregon. It is possible that this form may hereafter be found on the northern side of the boundary. Polygyra germana Gould. Helix germana GOULD, U. S. Expl. Exp., Moll., p. 70, fig. 40, a—c, 1852. Stenotrema germanum (GOULD) Binney, Man. Am. Landsh., p. 114, fig. 82, 1885. Range.—Northern California, through the Puget Sound region to British Columbia. 26 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Astoria, Oregon! Victoria, Vancouver Island; Chilliwak Lake, British Columbia. A variety megasoma, more than four times the size of the typical germana, but otherwise quite similar, is occasionally found; some from northern California (Stearns) are in the National Museum. Polygyra monodon Rackett. Felix monodon RACKETT, Trans. Linnean Soc., x11, p. 42, pl. v, fig. 2, 1822. — Morse, Am. Nat., I, p. 151, figs. 12, 13, 1867. — BrinNEy, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 120, figs. 200- 205, 1869. - ; S Range.— Eastern United States, east of the plains 4813-0 OD region, from Texas to Minnesota and northward. gyra monodon Rackett. Moose Factory, James Bay ! Polygyra albolabris Say. Helix albolabris Say, Nicholson's Encycl., 1st Am. ed., pl. 1, fig. 1, 1817 ; Am. Conch., 1, pl. x1, 1831. — Morse, Am. Nat., 1, p. 6, pl. 1, figs. 1-11, 1867. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 136, figs. 229-232, 1869. Range. — Eastern United States, from Georgia and Arkansas north- ward to the Saskatchewan. Fics. 4-6. Polygyra albolabris Say, +. Lake Superior region; Lake Winnipeg, Manitoba; and northward to the Saskatchewan River (Richardson). FAMILY PUPIDZ 27 Family PUPIDZ. Genus Strobilops Pilsbry. 7. Animal from above. 8. ;. g. Showing internal lamelle. Fics. 7-9. Strobilops labyrinthica (magnified). Strobilops labyrinthica Say. Felix labyrinthica Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 124, 1817. —MorseE, Am. Nat., 1, p. 145, figs. 41-42, 1867. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 84, figs. 150-154, 1869. Strobila labyrinthica MoRSE, Journ. Portland Soc. N. Hist., 1, p. 26, figs. 64—- 67, pl. 11, fig. 12, a—d, pl. vim, fig. 68, 1864. Strobilops PILsBRyY, 1892, new name for Strobi/a Morse, 1864, not Sars, 1835. FRange.—Eastern United States, from Texas north- ward to British America. Carberry, Manitoba; Moose Factory, James Bay ! Genus Bifidaria Sterki. Bifidaria armifera Say. Pupa armifera Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 162, 1821.— GOULD, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., 111, p. 400, pl. 111, fig. 10, 1840. —BrnneEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 241, fig. 419, 1869. Range.— The United States east of the Rocky Mountains, and Canada. Red Deer, Alberta; Brandon, Manitoba. Fic. 10. Bifida- rta armifera (magnified). Bifidaria contracta Say. Pupa contracta Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 374, 1822.—GouLp, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., 111, p- 399, pl. 111, fig. 22, 1840. — BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 242, figs. 420-422, 1869. y Range. — Eastern North America from Mexico Fic. 11. Bifid- Brish A : cihe Rocky M ne arta contracta *© Pritish ‘America, east of the Rocky Mountains. (magnified). Carberry, Manitoba. 28 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Bifidaria holzingeri Sterki. Pupa holzingert STERKI, Nautilus, 111, No. 4, p. 37, Aug., 1889. — BINNEY, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., x1x, No. 4, p. 193, fig., p. 194, 1890. Bifidaria holzingert PisBry, Class. Cat., p. 19, 1898. Range. — Illinois and Kansas, northward to British America. Red River drift, Brandon, Manitoba; Red Deer, Alberta. Bifidaria pentodon Say. Vertigo pentodon SAY, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 376, 1822. Pupa pentodon GOULD, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., Iv, p. 353, pl. xvi, figs. 10-11, 1843. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 236, figs. 405- 409, 1869. Fic. 12. Bifidaria pentodon (magnified), showing variations in aperture. Range.— Eastern United States from Texas to British America; southeastern Nevada, Quebec; Ontario; Manitoba (rare); Alberta, at Laggan. Genus Pupilla (Leach) Turton. Pupilla blandi Morse. Pupilla blandi Morse, Ann. N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist., vu, p. 211, fig. 8, 1865. Pupa blandi Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 235, fig. 402, 1869. ? Pupa signata WESTERLUND, 1885, not of Mousson. Range.—Upper Missouri, Rocky Mountains ; New Mexico to Colorado; Canada; Red Deer, Alberta. BAG., 13. (Pu $ s pilla blandi Pupa sitgnata was described from the Caucasus, (magnified). and its inclusion by Westerlund in a list of American Arctic species is probably an oversight. Pupilla muscorum Linné. Turbo muscorum LINNE, Syst. Nat.,ed. x, p. 767, 1758; ed. XII, p. 1240, 1767. — HANLEY, Shells of Linn., p. 352, pl. Iv, fig. 6, 1855. Pupa muscorum var. bigranata ROSSMASSLER, fide Westerlund. Pupa badia ADAMS, Boston Journ, Nat. Hist., 111, p. 331, pl. 111, fig. 18, 1840. Pupilla badia Morse, Journ. Portland Soc. N. Hist., 1, p. 37, figs. 89-91, pl. x, fig. 92, 1864. Pupa muscorum var. lundstromt WWESTERLUND, Ges. Nat. zu Berlin, p. 36, Mar., 1883. FAMILY PUPIDE 29 Pupa (Pupilla) muscorum Pitspry, Nautilus, x1, p. 118, Feb., 1898. Pupa sublubrica Aucey, fide Binney. Range.— Europe. In America, New England and Canada; Anti- costi; the northern United States as far west as Montana, alpine Fics. 14-16. Pxpilla muscorum, showing variations. Fig. 16 from a Euro- pean specimen. Fig. 14 from P. dadia Adams. Fig. 15 maximum armature of mouth. (All magnified.) (8,000-9,000 feet) in Colorado, Utah and Nevada; northward in British America. Laggan, Alberta; Anuk, Alaska. Genus Vertigo Miiller. Vertigo hoppii Moller. Pupa hoppi M6uLuER, Ind. Moll. Grénl., p. 4, 1842. — PFEIFFER, Conch. Cat., ed. 11, Pupa, p. 163, pl. x1x, figs. 29, 30, 1852. —TRyon, Ann. Journ. Conch., II, p. 303, pl. xv, fig. 3, 1867. Pupa (Vertigo) hoppii M6rcu, Am. Journ. Conch., Iv, p. 30, pl. 1m, figs. 6-9, 1869. Pupa steenbuchi Beck, Verz. Kiel., p. 76, 1847; omen nudum, fide Morch, op. cit. Range.— Greenland (Ungava, Labrador ?). The references to this species as found in Alberta and Anticosti are doubtless based ona different species, as is Binney’s figure on page 235 of the Land and Fresh Water Shells, part r. Vertigo modesta Say. Pupa modesta Say, Rep. Long's Exp., 1, p. 259, pl. Xv, fig. 5, 1824. Pupa decora GOULD, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 1, p. 263, fig., 1848. Vertigo parietalis ANCEY ; P. corpulenta Morse, and V. castanea STERKI, fide Piispry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1900, pp. 597-602, pl. XXIII, figs. I-7, 1900. 30 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Range. — North America from New England to California and northward. Loess of lowa. Ungava, Labrador! Lake Superior region; Laggan, Alberta; in British Columbia at Nanaimo and Victoria; in Alaska at Killisnoo, Chilkat and Chilkoot valleys, Pyramid Island, Portage Bay, Dyea, Klukwan, Point Romanof at the Yukon delta; St. George Island! St. Paul Island! Unalaska! Rooluk Island, Unalga Pass! Akutan Island! Popof Island, Shumagins! St. Paul, Kadiak Island! Orca, Prince William Sound! Yakutat Bay! Berg Inlet, Glacier Bay ! Muir Inlet ! This is the most abundant and widely distributed species in the north country. I have very little doubt that V. d0realis More- let, from Kamchatka and Bering Island, is merely a variety of this species. Vertigo columbiana Sterki. Vertigo columbiana (STERKI MS.) Prissry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1900, p. 602, pl. xxi, fig. 11, Sept., 1g00. Range. — Douglas County, Oregon, and northward to Washington, Vancouver Island, and St. Paul Island, Bering Sea! Resembles V. gouldéé but wants the basal fold. A variety occurs in Utah. The St. Paul specimen was identified by Dr. Sterki. Vertigo gouldii Binney. Pupa gouldii BINNEY, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 1, p. 105, 1843 ; Terr. Moll., 11, p. 332, pl. LXXx1, fig. 2, 1851. Fic. 17. Vertigo gouldit (magnified). Fic. 18. Vertigo bollestana (magnified). Vertigo gouldii Morsr, Am. Nat., I, p. 669, fig. 60, 1868. — Journ. Portland Soc. N. Hist., 1, p. 38, fig. 95, pl. x, fig. 96, 1864. Vertigo bollesiana Morse, Ann. N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist., vil, p. 209, figs. 4-6, 1865. FAMILY PUPIDZ&® 31 Vertigo boliesiana var. arthuri VON MARTENS, Sitz-ber. Ges. Naturf. Fr, zu Berlin, 1882, No. 9, p. 140. Range. — Northern United States east of the Rocky Mountains and northward. Ottawa, Ontario; Manitoba; Upper Missouri at Fort Berthold; Helena, Montana. The variety erthur? is catalogued from Arctic America by an over- sight, in Binney’s Third Supplement, p. 185. It is really from the Little Missouri in Dakota. Vertigo ventricosa Morse. Isthmia ventricosa Morse, Ann. N. Y. Lyc. N. Hist., vu, p. 1, figs. 1-3, 1865. Vertigo ventricosa Morse, Am. Nat., 1, p. 966, figs. 61, 62, 1868. Vertigo ventricosa elatior STERKI, Nautilus, XI, p. 120, Feb., 1898. Vertigo gouldit lagganensts PILSBRY, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila, for 1899, p. 314, fier: Vertigo approximans STERKI, fide Pilsbry. Range. — Quebec and Maine to Illinois and Alberta, Manitoba; variety edatzor at Laggan, Alberta. Fic. 19. Vertigo ventricosa (magnified). Vertigo binneyana Sterki. Vertigo binneyana STERKI, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1890, p. 33; Nautilus, m1, p. 125, March, 1890.— PiisBry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1899, p. 315, fig. 2; Nautilus, Iv, p. 39, pl. 1, fig. 1, Aug., 1890. Range. — Rocky Mountain region from Albuquerque, New Mexico, to Manitoba. Seattle, Wash.; Helena, Montana; Winnipeg, Manitoba. Fics. 20-22. Vertigo ovata, showing variations in teeth (see next page). 32 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS 230 23¢ Fic. 23. Vertigo ovata, showing variations in teeth of aperture (all figures magnified). Vertigo ovata Say. Vertigo ovata Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 375, 1822. — MorsE, Am. Nat., I, p. 668, figs. 57, 58, 1868. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 252, figs. 442-445, 1869 (syn. in part excl.). Range. — Eastern United States from Maine to Texas, and north- ward. Mexico? Ungava Bay, Labrador! Victoria, British Columbia! St. Paul, Kadiak Island! Alaska; Tigalda Island, Aleutian chain! Laggan, Alberta; Manitoba. Vertigo arctica Wallenberg. Pupa arctica WALLENBERG, Mal. Blatt, v, pp. 32, 99, pl. I, figs. 3, a-c, 4, 1858. — REINHARDT, Sitz-ber. Ges. Naturf. Fr. zu Berlin, No. 3, 1883, p. 38. Range.— Lapland and northern Scandinavia, the mountains of Germany and the Tyrol; eastern Siberia at Emma Harbor, Plover Bay; Port Clarence on the American side of Bering Strait (Vega Expd.). *Vertigo krauseana Reinhardt. Vertigo krauseana REINHARDT, Sitz-ber. Ges. Naturf. Fr. zu Berlin, No. 3, 1883, p. 38. — WESTERLUND, Fauna Pal. Reg., III, p. 131, 1887. Range.— Chukchi Peninsula of eastern Siberia; at Poot, St. Law- rence Bay, and Ratmanof Harbor. Alaska, at Chilkat Inlet ! Specimens of this species labeled Chilkat Inlet were received from Dr. Krause; but in the publications on this form only the Siberian habitats are given. I suspect some error has occurred in labeling, though it is entirely possible that the species may occur in Arctic America. *Vertigo (Vertilla) milium Gould. Pupa milium GOuLy, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., 11, p. 402, pl. rt, fig. 23, 1840. Vertigo (Angustula) milium STERKI, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XI, pp. 377-8, pl. xLu, figs. 10, 13, 1888. FAMILY ACHATINIDE 33 Vertigo ( Vertilla) milium PILsBRY, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1900, p. 597. Range.— New England to Texas and Florida, west to Minnesota. Ontario, Canada. This minute species doubtless exists on the northern side of the boundary, though not yet reported there. Fic. 24. Verti- go milium (mag- *Vertigo (Isthmia) pygm@a Draparnaud. nified). Pupa pygm@a DRAPARNAUD, Tableau, p. 57, 1801; Hist. Moll. Terr., p. 60, pl. 11, figs. 20-21, 1805. Vertigo pygm@a Pitssry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1900, p. 608. Vertigo callosa STERKI, not Reuss, and P. superioris Pilsbry, fide Pilsbry, 1. c. fange.— Europe, Asia Minor, the Caucasus; America, in the northeastern States and the Lake Superior region. Family ACHATINIDA. Genus Cochlicopa (Férussac) Risso, Cochlicopa lubrica Miiller. Flelix lubrica MULLER, Verm. Hist., I, p. 104, 1774. Zua lubrica LEACH, Syn. Moll. Gt. Brit., p. 114, 1852; Gray’s Turton’s Man., p. 188, pl. vi, fig. 65, 1840. Cionella lubrica JEFFREYS, Trans. Linn. Soc., XvI, p. 347, 1830. — BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 1, p. 224, figs. 381-385. Bulimus lubricoides STIMPSON, Shells of New England, p. 54, 1851. Zua lubricoidea MORSE, Jour. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., 1, p. 30, figs. 79, 81, 84; pl. x, fig. 82, 1864; Am. Nat., 1, p. 607, fig. 49, 1868. Ferussacia subcylindrica auct, non L. Range.— Europe, North Africa and Asia Minor: Siberia; Kam- chatka; most of North America. Lake Superior region; Red River of the North, Lake of the Woods and Turtle Mountain, Manitoba; Moose Factory! English River, Keewatin; Laggan and Red Deer in Alberta; Nanaimo and Victoria, British Columbia; Point Barrow! and Yukon valley, Alaska; Avacha Bay ! Kamchatka. This well known shell is one of the most emphatically circumpolar species in existence, and considering its immense geographical and climatic range its resistance to the factors which make for variation is very remarkable. Family CIRCINARIIDA. Genus Circinaria Beck. This is Macrocyclis or Selenites of recent literature, not of Beck or Hope. 34 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Circinaria vancouverensis Lea. Felix ie alas Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., vi, p. 87, pl. xxutI, fig. Helin velliceta ForBEs, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1850, p. 75, pl. Ix, fig. 1. Macrocyclis vancouverensis TRYON, Am. Journ. Conch., Il, p. 245, pl. 11, fig. 6, 1866. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 54, figs. 90-93, 1869. Selenites vancouverensis BINNEY, Third Suppl. Terr. Moll. pp. 163-6, 1892. Circinaria vancouverensis PILSBRY, Class. Cat. Am. Landsh., p. 24, 1898. Fange.— In the moist and wooded region of northern California and northward to the Alexander Archipelago, Alaska, between the Cascade Range and the sea. Vancouver Island! Quatsino Sound, Broughton Strait, Malcolm Island, Johnstone Strait, Harbledown and Pender Islands, Skidegate, Graham Island, and Cumshewa Inlet, Moresby Island, Queen Char- lotte Islands! Union Bay! and Comox! British Columbia. In Alaska at Annette Island! Killisnoo, Sitka! Lynn Canal, throughout the Alex- ander Archipelago, and northward along the mainland shore to Lituya Bay. The typical form of this species is readily recognizable by its ample whorls, the last nearly smooth, its large size and greenish yellow color. It grades, however imperceptibly, into the smaller and more strongly sculptured C. sfortella Gould, from which cause a large number of varieties have arisen and been named. In the moist mountainous region of the Columbia drainage some of these forms penetrate to the eastward nearly to the headwaters of this river in western Montana. They are all depauperate, however, compared with the typical well nourished forms of the coast. These animals are carnivorous, voracious and cannibalistic. It is unsafe to keep them living in the same recep- tacle with other living snails, as they will rapidly destroy and consume the soft parts. A fine sinistral specimen was collected at Sitka. A variety of a dark chocolate brown color, otherwise like the ordi- nary form, was found rather commonly at Sitka. For this the varietal name chocolata would seem appropriate. Specimens of this species were received with a label indicating that they had been collected on the Alaska Peninsula opposite Kadiak Island, but, knowing the habits of this animal, I regard this as an error of labelling. The collector having died, I was unable to untangle the confusion, but I have never found it far distant from the wooded region where Arzolémax and Polygyra columbiana occur, upon which it chiefly feeds in Alaska. It does not occur, so far as I was able to discover, on the shores of Cook Inlet, where there are suitable forests, FAMILY ZONITID©® 35 and I do not believe it occurs on the treeless grassy slopes of the peninsula. I suspect that the wide-stretching glacial area to the north and west of Yakutat Bay, puts an impassable barrier to its north- western migration, and that it may not exist in the forests beyond that area. This is the largest shell-bearing Pulmonate known to live in Alaska, but is surpassed by the great slug Arzodimax, which often extends to the length while preserving the diameter of a large cigar. Circinaria variety sportella Gould. Helix sportella Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 11, p. 167, 1846; Moll. U. S. Expl. Exp., p. 37, fig. 42, 1852. This is a variety of C. vancouverensis of smaller size, and intensified sculpture, both spiral and incremental. Intermediate forms, to which several names have been applied, connect it with the typical form. It accompanies the latter throughout its range, but occurs in some locali- ties which do not support the larger form. Among northern localities it has been collected at Saanich, Comox! Union Bay! Salt Springs Island and Chilliwak Lake, British Columbia ; at Annette Island ! (with variety hybrida Ancey) and Lituya Bay! Alaska. Circinaria variety hybrida Ancey, 1888. This form is reported from Vernon and Comox, British Columbia, and Annette Island, Alaska. Circinaria hemphilli Binney and C. voyana Newcomb, have not been authentically reported north of the boundary, though it is said both of them have been collected in the Puget Sound region. Family ZONITIDA. Genus Vitrina Draparnaud. Vitrina DRAPARNAUD, Tabl. Moll. Terr. France, pp. 33, 98, 1801 ; Hist., Nat. Moll. Terr. France, pp. 23, 30, 119, 1805. Type Helix pellucida Miiller, erm. Terr, .pw2i5: Vitrinus MonTFoRT, Conch. Syst., 11, p. 238, 1810. Cobresia JAC. HUBNER, Mon. Test. Bairische Landschn. Cobresien, 1810; (pages and plates not numbered). Hyalina STUDER, Syst. Verz. Schweiz. Conch., p. 11, 1820: not of Schu- macher, 1817. Limacina HARTMANN, Neue Alpina, I, p. 206, 1821 ; Sturm’s Deutschl. Fauna, abth. vi, heft v, pp. 41, 54, 1821 ; not of Cuvier, 1817. flelicolimax FERUSSAC pére, Mém. Soc. Med. d'Emul., Iv, p. 390, 1802; et fils, Tabl. Syst. des Lim., pp. 19, 21, 1821. Semilimax FERUSSAC pére, Der Naturforscher (Halle), pt. 28, 1802, fide Fér- russac fils, Zoc. c7z¢., 1821. 36 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Semilimax STABILE, Révue et Mag. Zool. (Guerin), Aug., 1859, p. 41; Moll. Terr. Viv. Piém., p. 23, 1864.—-KOBELT, Cat. der Europ. Faun. leb. Bin- nenconch., p. 3, 1871 (as a section of lztrina, group of . diaphana Drap.). — PFEIFFER, Nom. Hel. Viv., p. 26, 1878. Fagana GISTEL, Naturg. Thierr., p. 168, 1848 (new name for V7z¢rina Drap.). Phenacolimax STABILE, Rév. et Mag. Zool. (Guerin), Aug., 1859, p. 42 ; Moll., Terr. Viv. Piém., p. 24, 1864.— PFEIFFER, Nom. Hel. Viv., p. 27, 1878. Flelicolimax KOBELT, Cat. der Europ. Faun. leb. Binnenconch., p. 4, 1871, (Sect. of Vitrina, s.s.). Trochovitrina SCHACKO, in Boettger, Jahrb. Deutsch. Mal. Ges., VII, p. 379, Oct., 1880; type lztrina ledert Boettger. Gallandia BOURGUIGNAT, Descr. Nouv. Genre Gad/andia, Aug., 1880, pp. 4-8, Ist sp. Vitrina conoidea Martens. Oligolimax FISCHER, in Paulucci, Faun. Calabria, p. 37, 1880. — PAULUCCTI, Bull. Soc. Mal. Ital., vil, p. 75, 1881. — FiscHER, Man. de Conchyl., p. 464, 1883 (V. paulucci@ Fischer). Parmacellina SANDBERGER, Land u. Sussw. Conch. d. Vorwelt, p. 232, pl. xu, 1871. Sole ex. P. vitrineformis Sandb., Eocene. Vitrina PILspry, Class. Cat. Landsh. Am., p. 25, 18098. Chlamydea \WESTERLUND, Fauna d. Pal. Reg., 1, p. 19, 1886 (V. bicolor Westerlund, 1881). The shell in this group and its allies is reduced to very simple terms and the differences between species appear trifling. But there appears to be quite a wide range of character in the soft parts, from whence it follows that several sections can be recognized in the genus as re- stricted, while some species, formerly regarded as belonging to Vtrzza, are now scattered in widely separated genera. The true V7ztrzma seems confined to the northern hemisphere. The following sections are recognized : Vitrina Drap.s.s. 1801. Type V. pellucida Miiller. Helicoli- max Férussac pere, 1801, is identical, and Sem2l/max Stabile hardly separable. Oligolimax Fischer. Type V. pauluccte Fischer. Phenacolimax Stabile, 1859. Type V. major Fer. Gallandia Bourguignat, Aug., 1880. Type V. conozdea von Martens. Zvrochovitrina Schacko, Oct., 1880, is synonymous. The North American and Greenland species are true V7trzza, the other forms belong to the Old World only. The New World groups Vztr¢zozonttes Binney and Velzfera Binney may be regarded as of generic rank, and are extra limital to the region now under discussion. Vitrina angelice Beck. Vitrina angelice BECK, Index, p. 1, 1837 ; name only.—MO6LLER, Index, p. 4, 1842.—Mo6rcu, Am. Journ. Conch., Iv, p. 27, pl. 11, figs. 1, 4, 1868. — M6rc, in Rink’s Danish Greenland, p. 436, 1877. Felix pellucida FABRICIUS, Fauna Gronl., p. 389, 1780, not of Miiller, 1774. FAMILY ZONITID£ 37 Range. — Greenland. This species is more like the V. derydizma of Europe than the American species. The latest data given by Posselt indicate that it is not found in Iceland. Binney has CC) given an enlarged illustration of this species (fig. 25) in his Land and Fresh Water Shells of North America, Fic. 25. Vit- I, p. 28. rina angelica, }. Vitrina limpida Gould. Vitrina pellucida DE Kay, Zool. N. Y. Moll., p. 25, pl. 11, fig. 42, 1843; not of Miiller, 1774. Vitrina limpida GOULD, in Agassiz, Lake Superior, p. 243, 1850. — Morse, Journ. Portland Soc. Nat. His., 1, p. 11, pl. v, fig. 17, 1864. — BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 27, figs. 23, 24, 1869. Vitrina americana PFEIFFER, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., for 1852, p. 156; Conch. Cab., ed. 11, Vitrina, p. 9, pl. 1, figs. 22-25, 1854. fange.— Central New York and northward, from 2) >) New Brunswick to Alberta and Hudson Bay. Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Manitoba at Carberry Fic. 26. Vit- and Lake of the Woods; Red Deer and Laggan in rina limpida Alberta ; Moose Factory ! James Bay ; Norway House (Maine), %, ie ta; Moo ctory ! Jan y ; Norway House, in damp woods. This species has been reported from the Rocky Mountain region by Ingersoll, but I regard his specimens so identified as varieties of V. alaskana. Vitrina alaskana Dall, xom. nov. Vitrina pfeiffert NEWCOMB, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 11, p. 92, 1861. — TRYON, Am. Journ. Conch., 11, p. 244, pl. 11, fig. 3, 1866. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 28, fig. 26, 1869. Not V. Afeiffer¢ Deshayes, in Fér., Limacgons, 1822. Range. — New Mexico, Utah, Colorado, central California, all at considerable altitudes, and northward. Nanaimo, Vancouver Island, B. C.; Muir Inlet, Alaska! St. Paul, Kadiak Island! Popof and Unga Islands, of the Shumagin group! Akutan! Unalga! Rooluk! and Unalaska! of the Aleutian chain; St. Paul! and St. George Islands, Bering Sea, Alaska, in tall grass of bluff fifty feet above the sea! This species has been referred to as pellucida, limpida and exilis, and when fully grown under favorable conditions the shell may reach 10 mm. in major diameter, though most of the specimens as collected are considerably smaller. The shell is translucent, with a marked greenish tinge, and not over three whorls. It is flatter than /¢mpida, 38 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS larger, and of a different tint, and the size of the whorls increases more rapidly. It is less flat and much larger than V. exz7s, which is also of a different hue. It is the most common land shell on most of the islands of Bering Sea and on the continent near the sea, where it usually occurs, but as we move southward we find it occurring at continually greater eleva- tions and entirely absent from the warm dry plains and valleys. It attains from 7,500 to 10,800 feet elevation in the Sierra and Rocky Mountains. *Vitrina exilis Morelet. Vitrina exilis MORELET, Journ. de Conchyl., vu, p. 8, 1858.— PFEIFFER, Mon. Hel. Viv., Iv, p. 799, 1859. — Binney, Bull. U. S. N. Mus., No. 28, p. 178, fig. 172, 1885 ; Terr. Moll., v, pp. 138, 200, pl. 1, fig. B. fange.— Northeastern Asia and adjacent islands, from Japan northeastward. Kamchatka, at Petropavlovsk! Bering Id. (Vega Expd.). This is a small species, of a whitish or translucent glassy hue; smaller and with a more elevated spire than its American representa- tive V. alaskana. According to Binney V. exz/7s has the jaw and radula as usual in the genus, the transverse rows of teeth numbering 37 .1.37, with seven perfect laterals. I have seen no specimens from east of the Commander Islands ; the shells thus identified are probably all V. edaskana. Genus Vitrea Fitzinger. Vitrea radiatula Alder. Flelix radiatula ALDER, Cat. Test. Newcastle upon Tyne, p. 12, No. 50, 1830, — GRAY, in Turton's Man., p. 173, pl. xu, fig. 137, 1840. ? Helix hammonis STROM, Trondj., Selsk. Skrift., p. 435, pl. vi, fig. 16, 1765. ? Zonites viridulus MENKE, Syn., ed. Il, p. 137, 1830. flelix electrina GOULD, Inv. Mass., p. 183, fig. 111, 1841. Hyalina viridula BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 34, figs. 41-43, 1869 ; not of Menke? Hyalina pellucida LEHNERT, Science Record, 1, p. 172, June 16, 1884. Range.—Holarctic. Northern Europe, Asia and America. Manitoba, at Lake of the Woods, Carberry and Pembina; Alberta, at Laggan and Red Deer; Fort Resolution, Great Slave Lake! British Columbia, at Departure Bay! Comox! and Union Bay! Alaska, at Killisnoo! Klukwan! Portage Bay! Seduction Tongue! Anuk! St. Paul, Kadiak Island! Unga Island, Shumagins ! Unalaska, Aleutians ! Nulato, Yukon River! Point Barrow! Bering Island, Bering Sea! Petropavlovsk, Kamchatka ! FAMILY ZONITID4& 39 The species as described by Strém is unrecognizable and his name should be rejected. There is some doubt as to whether the Z. virtdula of Menke is identical with the present species or not. Vitrea nitidula Draparnaud. flelix nitidula DRAPARNAUD, Hist. Moll., p. 117, pl. vil, figs. 21-22, 1805. Zonites nitidulus GRAY, in Turton, Man., p. 172, pl. x11, fig. 136, 1840. Range. — Europe, northern and middle ; Italy. Fort Resolution! Great Slave Lake (Kennicott). The identification and locality are indubitable. Vitrea binneyana Morse. Hyalina binneyana Morse, Journ. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., 1, p. 13, figs. 25, 26, pl. u, fig. 9, pl. Iv, fig. 31, 1864. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 39, figs. 56-8, 1869. flelix morset TRYON, Am. Journ. Conch., 1, p. 188, 1865. @ flyatina binneyt BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 39, footnote. Vitrea binneyana PILsBRY, Class. Cat., p. 26, 1898. Fic, 27. Vttrea bin- b Mai . neyana Morse. Range.—Que ec and Maine to northern Mich- igan and British Columbia. Brandon, Manitoba; Nanaimo, B. C. Vitrea indentata Say. flelix indentata Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 372, 1822. — GOuLD, Inv. Mass., p. 181, fig. 109, 1841. Hyalina indentata Morse, Journ. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., 1, p. 12, fig. 21; pl. 1, fig. 11, pl. v, fig. 22, 1864. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 35, figs. 44-46, 1869. Range. — Mexico to Manitoba, United States and Canada, eastward from the Rocky Mountains. Pine Creek, Manitoba. Genus Euconulus Reinhardt. Helix (sp.) MULLER, Gmelin, Montagu, Draparnaud, ef aé/., 1774-1820. Trochus (sp.) DA Costa, Brit. Conch., p. 35, 1778. Teba (sp.) LEACH, Proofsheets, 1820, ide Roéssmissler Icon., 1, p. 38, 1838. Conulus FITZINGER, Syst. Verz. Weichth., p. 94, 1833; not Conu/us Rafi- nesque, Analyse de la Nature, p. 145, 1815. Polita (sp.) HELD, Weichth. Bayerns, Isis, Dec., 1837, col. 916. Petasia (sp.) Beck, Index, p. 21, 1837. Zonites (sp.) MOQUIN TANDON, Moll. de France, p. 68, 1855. flyalina (sp.) VON MARTENS’ Albers, p. 73, 1850. — Binney, L. & Fw. Sh. N. Am., pt. 1, p. 46, 1869. Euconulus (fulvus) REINHARDT, Sitzb. Ges. Naturf. Fr. zu Berlin, for 1883, p. 86.— Pirsspry, Nautilus, x1v, Nov., 1900, p. 81.— WooDWARD, Brit. Nonmarine Moll., p. 353, 1903. Hyalinia (sp.) MOrcH, Syn. Moll. Terr. Dan., p. 14, 1864. —WESTERLUND, Nachrichtsbl. Mal. Ges., xv, p. 173, Dec., 1883. 40 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Arnouldia BOURGUIGNAT, Bull. Soc. Mal. de France, vil, p. 328, 1890. Vitrea (sp.) E. A. Smitu, Journ. Conch. (Leeds), v1, p. 339, 1891. Trochulus \WESTERLUND, Fauna Pal. Reg., 111 beil, p. 16, 1886 ; not of the — Museum Calonnianum, p. 26, 1797, not Zrochuda Schleuter, Verz., p. 7, 1838. This genus has had a number of names applied to it, among which one is proposed by Westerlund as taken from Da Costa (1778) but, as indicated by Sherborne in the Zzdex Animalium, Da Costa merely quoted part of a polynomial phrase ( Zrochilus terrestris mor ton? ) in his synonymy, from Morton’s Northamptonshire (London, 1712), and did not use the word Zrochzlus in a generic sense. Moreover, if he had, Zrochélus had previously been used by Linné for a genus of birds. There seems at present no reason to doubt that the first valid name for the genus is Huconuldus Reinhardt, while the typical species, as will be evident from the following synonymy, is Z. ¢trochiformis (Montagu). Euconulus trochiformis (Montagu). ? Helix fulva, ex parte MULLER, Verm. Terr, et Fluv., 1, p. 57, 1774; Zool. Dan. Prodr., p. 240, No. 2905, 1776. Trochus terrestris (LISTER) Da Costa, Brit. Conch., p. 35, 1778; not of Pennant, 1767. Felix trochiformis MontaGu, Test. Brit., 11, p. 427, pl. 1, fig. 9, 1803. Not of Férussac, 1819. Felix trochulus MONTAGU, of. cit., in syn., not of Miiller, 1774. — DILLWyn, Descr. Cat. Rec. Sh., 11, 916, 1817. Helix fulva DRAPARNAUD, Hist. Nat. des Moll. Ter. et Fluv. France, p. 81, pl. vil, figs. 12, 13, 1805. — ROssMASSLER, Icon., J, pt. 11, p. 38, pl. 39, fig. 535, 1838. Helix nitidula VON ALTEN, Syst. abh. Erd. u. Fluss-Conch., p. 53, pl. IV, fig. 8, 1812. Helix fulva Nixsson, Hist. Moll. Suec., p. 13, 1822. Helix trochiformis Maton and Rackett, Linn. Trans., VIII, p. 200, 1807 .— FLEMING, Edin. Encyc., vu, p. 80, 1813.—Woop, Ind. Test., pl. 32, fig. 68, 1825.—JEFFREYS, Linn. Trans., XVI, p. 331, 1830. Teba fulva LEACH, Syn. Brit. Moll. Proofsheets, p. 99, 1820; fide Rossmas- sler, Icon., 1, p. 38, 1838.—LEACH, Syn. Brit. Moll. (ed. Gray), p. 72, 1852. Flelix Parhihe FLEMING, Brit. An., p. 260, 1828. Helix mandralisct B1vONA, Nuovo Moll. Palermo, p. 16, pl. 1, fig. 6, 1839. Helix fulva var. mortoni JEFFREYS, Linn. Trans., XVI, p. 332, 1830. Conulus fulvus FITZINGER, Syst. Verz., p. 94, 1833. Polita fulua HELD, Weichth. Bayerns, Isis, Dec., 1837, col. 916. Helix (Petasia) trochiformis Breck, Index, p. 21, 1837. Zonites (Conulus) fulvus MoQ. TANDON, Moll. France, p. 68, 1855. Felix (Conulus) fulva ALBERS, Heliceen, p. 73, 1850. Flyalina (Conulus) fulyva VON MARTENS’ Albers, p. 73, 1860. Hlyalinia (Petasia) fulva MORcH, Syn. Moll. Terr. Dan., p. 14, 1864. Euconulus fulvus REINHARDT, Sitzb. Ges. Naturf. Freunde zu Berlin, p. 86, 1883. FAMILY ZONITID¢ 41 Arnouldia fulva BOURGUIGNAT, Bull. Soc. Mal. de France., vil, p. 328, 1899. Vitrea (Conulus) fulva E. A. SmitH, Journ. Conch. (Leeds), v1, No. x, p. 339, 1891. Fst dhes paws WoopwarbD, Brit. Nonmarine Moll., p. 353, _1903- Helix egena Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v, p. +s 182 Hyalina (Conulus) fulva BUNNey, Land and Freshw. Sh. of N. Am. part I, p. 46, fig. 73, 1869. Hyalinia (Conulus) trochiformis (MONTAGU) WESTERLUND, Nachr. Mal. Ges., XV) p.. 173, Dec:, 1683. Trochulus trochiformis WESTERLUND, Fauna Pal. Reg., m1 beilage, p. 16, 1886. Conulus chersinus MorSE, Journ. Portland Soc. N. Hist., 1, p. 19, figs. 44, 46, pl. 1, fig. 4, pl. vir, fig. 45, 1864, not Heltx chersina Say, 1821. Conulus fulvus (MULLER), and var. a/askensis Pitspry, Nautilus, xu, No. Io, pp. 115-6, 1899. Euconulus fulvus PItsBry, Nautilus, xiv, Nov., 1900, p. 81. Variety fabriciz (Beck). Helix nitida Fasricius, Fauna Gronl., p. 389, 1780, not of Miiller. FHlelix (Petasta) fabricit BECK, Index, p. 21, 1837, nude name. — MGLLER, Index Moll. Greenl., p. 7, 1842. Range. — Holarctic, and widely distributed south- ward. Canada; Manitoba at Carberry, Pine Creek, Pem- bina, and Lake of the Woods; in Alberta at Laggan, Red Deer, Olds and McLeod; English River, Kee- Fic. 28. sis watin; California! Oregon! Washington! Victoria, yas paskiats Vancouver Island! Sitka, Alaska; Unalaska! Bering fied). ° Island, Bering Sea! Petropavloysk, Kamchatka ! Pooten, Konyam and St. Lawrence Bays, eastern Siberia. Variety faébriciz Moller. Greenland! Ungava! Labrador. <2) Variety alaskensis Pilsbry. Yukon drainage, Lake Fic. 29. £u- Lindeman to Point Romanof and St. Michael, conulus trocht- Alaska; Dyea valley, Southeastern Alaska ! gan var. fa- This familiar little shell has had various vicissitudes in gba nomenclature. The name fu/va Miiller, by which it is best known, was based, according to Beck, who was custodian of Miiller’s types, upon He/7x dédentata Gmelin, while a shell which Miiller supposed to be the young, but did not figure or fully describe, was supposed by some of the early naturalists to be our species. Another unfigured species, Helix trochulus Miiller, was thought by Dillwyn to be identical with our fw/va, but the measure- ments forbid the identification, and Pfeiffer came to the conclusion that HZ. trochulus is identical with the young tip of Buliminus ob- scurus. Fabricius supposed our shell to be identical with He//x 42 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS hammonis Strom (1765), but Strém’s figure is widely umbilicated and so rude as to be practically unidentifiable. The first specific name which unmistakably applies to our shell, and to it alone, is the trochiformzs of Montagu, which it seems advisable to adopt. Under the name fu/va several distinct though very closely allied forms have been generally included. Reinhardt, Bourguignat and lastly Pilsbry have thrown additional light on this subject, and a num- ber of species or marked varieties are now recognized. The /elcx chersina of Say is a southern form, while the AZ. egenra of Say is generally admitted to be a synonym of the trochiformis. The Luconulus fabrictt of Greenland seems to be merely a case of an offshoot which by isolation has been enabled to assume distinctive characters, which have hardly reached a greater than varietal rank. Genus Zonitoides Lehmann, Zonitoides nitidus Miiller. Flelix nitida MULLER, Hist. Verm., Il, p. 32, 1774. Flelix lucida DRAPARNAUD, Hist. Moll. de France, p. 103, 1805 ; not of the Tableau, 1801. Tlyalina nitida TRyon, Am. Journ. Conch., I, p. 250, pl. Iv, fig. 24, 1866. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 1, p. 31, figs. 35, 36, 1869. Zonitoides nittdus PILSBRY, Class, Cat., p. 27, 1898. Range. — Holarctic. Europe, northern United States, British America, Alaska, Japan. Red River drift, Manitoba; Peace River, Athabaska; Fort Resolu- tion, Great Slave Lake; Seattle, Wash. ! Klukwan, Alaska (Krause). This species has been found so widely spread that it cannot reason- ably longer be regarded as merely a European emigrant. Zonitoides arboreus Say. Flelix arboreus Say, Nicholson's Encyl., ist Am. edition, pl. Iv, fig. 4, 1817. felix arborea GOULD, Inv. Mass., p. 182, fig. 110, 1841. — Morse, Am. Nat., I, p. 542, fig. 30, 1867. Flyalina arborea Morse, Journ. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., 1, p. 14, fig. 28, pl. vI, fig. 29, 1864.— BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 1, p. 33, figs. 38- 40, 1869. flelix brewert NEWCOMB, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 111, p. 118, 1864. Range.— North America generally and Japan. Labrador ; Ontario; English River! Keewatin and Moose Factory ; Carberry and Lake of the Woods, Manitoba; Laggan and Red Deer, in Alberta; Great Slave Lake! Oregon, at Weston! Vancouver Island at Victoria! Departure Bay! Nanaimo! Comox! Union Bay! etc. ; in Alaska at Unalaska! Petropayloysk, Kamchatka! Japan (Hirase). FAMILY ZONITIDZ= 43 Zonitoides randolphi Pilsbry. Zonitoides randolphi Pitssry, Nautilus, xu, p. 87, 1898.— RANDOLPH, of. cit., p. 110, 1899. Range.— Lake Lindeman, headwaters of the Yukon, British America. I have not seen this species, which is less than 5 mm. in diameter. It has not been figured. Zonitoides minusculus Binney. Helix minuscula BINNEY, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., 11, p. 435, pl. xxu, fig. 4, 1840.— Morse, Am. Nat., I, p. 543, fig. 35, 1867. Pseudohyalina minuscula MorSE, Journ. Portland Soc. N. Hist., 1, p. 16, fig. 34, pl. vu, fig. 35, 1864. Range.— North America generally. Red River of the North, Manitoba; Victoria and Departure Bay ! Vancouver Island; Berg Bay, Muir Inlet! Alaska; Coal Harbor, Unga Island, Shumagins! Rooluk Island! near Unalga, Aleutians, Alaska. Zonitoides milium Morse. Felix milium Morse, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., v1, p. 28, 1859; Am. Nat., I, p. 543, fig. 36, 1867. Striatura milium Morse, Journ. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., I, p. 18, figs. 41, 42, pl. vu, fig. 43, 1864. Range.—Eastern United States and Canada. Mani- toba (rare, Hanham). The report of this species from Vancouver Island Fic. 30. Zon- ttoides milium, was probably based on the following form. Z. mznus- Pinan hole culus has also been wrongly identified as Z. mz/éum. (magnified). Zonitoides pugetensis Dall. Patulastra ? (Punctum?) pugetensis DALL, Nautilus, vim, No. 11, p. 130, Mar., 1895. Zonttoides pugetensis PILSBRY, Nautilus, rx, p. 18, 1895. Zonttoides (Pseudohyalina) pugetensits DALL, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xxIv, p. 500, pl. xxvul, figs. 10, 12, 1902. Range. — Puget Sound region, Oregon, California. Seattle, Wash.! Nanaimo, Vancouver Island. Genus Gastrodonta Albers. *Gastrodonta gularis Say? Flelix gularis J. DE C. SOWERBY, in Richardson, Fauna Bor. Am., 111, p. 315, 1836 (nude name). Range.—WLake Superior, Winnipeg, and Saskatchewan River (Sowerby). 44 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS This name is doubtless one given by Sowerby to some unknown shell, as it is as certain as almost anything can be, that Helzx guards Say was neyer collected in the region referred to. Genus Pristiloma Ancey. Pristiloma lansingi Bland. Zonites lansingi BLAND, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., XI, p. 74, figs. 1, 2, 1875. Microphysa lansing? BINNEY, Man. Am. Land Sh., p. go, figs. 55, 56, 1885. Pristiloma lansing? Pitssry, Class. Cat., p. 29, 1898. Range.— Oregon, Washington, British Columbia. Astoria, Oregon! Seattle, Wash.! common at Victoria! and Nan- aimo! Vancouver Island. Pristiloma stearnsii Bland. Zonites stearnsit BLAND, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., x1, p. 76, fig. 3, 1875, (Astoria, Oregon). Microphysa stearnsit BINNEY, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., x1, No. 8, p. 147, pl. Il, figs. N, 0, 1883; x11, No. 2, p. 44, 1886. Pristiloma stearnsi BINNEY, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxu1, No. 4, p. 176, 1892. Range. — Columbia River to Dyea, Alaska. Astoria and Portland, Oregon! Olympia, Wash.! Comox! Union Bay! and Salt Spring Island, British Columbia; Killisnoo, Por- tage Bay, Anuk, Dyea valley, Klehini and Klukwan, Southeastern Alaska. Pristiloma taylori Pilsbry. Pristiloma taylori Pryspry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1899, p. 185, pl. Ix, figs. 6, 7, 8 (Nanaimo). Range. — Oregon, Washington and British Columbia at Nanaimo, Vancouver Island. *Pristiloma pilsbryi Vanatta. Pristiloma pilsbryi VANATTA, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1899, p. 120, fig. 1 (3 views). Range. — Portland, Oregon. *Pristiloma idahoénse Pilsbry. Pristiloma idahoénse PILspry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1902, p. 593, (Weiser Canyon). Range. —Idaho, in Washington and Boise counties at Weiser Canyon and Big Payette Lake. This and the preceding species will probably be found within our area when it is thoroughly explored. FAMILY LIMACIDZE 45 Pristiloma? arctica Lehnert. Hyalina arctica LEHNERT, Science Record, 11, p. 172, June 16, 1884. 2 Conulus arcticus DALL, in Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1899, p. 197. 2 Pristiloma arctica PiLspry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1899, p. 186, pl. 1x, figs. 3, 4, 5. Range. — Yakutat Bay, Alaska, to Point Barrow. Point Barrow, Lat. 71° 25’ N.! Unalaska! Coal Harbor, Unga Island, Shumagins! Orca, Prince William Sound! and Yakutat Bay, Alaska ! This may prove to be a depressed Huconulus when the animal is anatomically examined. The species was formerly confused with P. sfearnszz. It occurs in the moss of the tundra near Point Barrow, where at most it can have but three months of activity out of the whole year. Family LIMACID. Genus Agriolimax Moérch. Fic. 31. Agrtolimax agrestis L. Agriolimax agrestis Linné. Limax agrestis LINNE, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 652, 1758.— ForBes and Han- LEY, Brit. Moll., rv, p. 13, pl. ppp, fig. 3, 1853. Range. — Both coasts of America, introduced from Europe. Victoria, B. C.! Manitoba; Ungava! Agriolimax hyperboreus Westerlund. Limax hyperboreus WESTERLUND, Land och Sétv. Moll. Sibiriens, p. 21, 1876. — Binney, Man. Am. Landsh., p. 473, fig. 416, 1885; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., x11, No. 2, p. 42, 1886; x1x, No. 4, p. 205, fig., pl. viz, fig. F, 1890. Limax (Agriolimax) hyperboreus DALL, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., for 1886, p. 202, Oct., 1886. Range.— The Arctic and boreal regions of both hemispheres. Bering Id.! Kamchatka! Chukchi Peninsula! Alaska at Norton Sound! Nushagak! Unalaska! Coal Harbor, Shumagins! St. Paul Island, Bering Sea! Kadiak Island! Sitka! and Cape Fox! In Van- couyer Island at Comox; Seattle, Wash.; Alberta at Laggan, altitude 5,200 feet; Manitoba; Ungava, Labrador! This little black slug is the prevalent and almost the only animal of its kind in the higher latitudes of North America. It has been referred 40 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS to A. campestris as a variety by some authors, but it is at least the only form of campestris known in the north and seems distinct enough to be recognized as a species. Agriolimax berendti Strebel. Limax berendti STREBEL and PFEFFER, Mex. lI. u. siissw. Conch., Iv, Dez2) pl. 1x, figs. 10, 12; pl. xv, fig. 3, 1880. Limax hemphilli BINNEY, 3d Suppl. Terr. Moll., v, p. 205, pl. vim, fig. E; pl. 1, fig. 13, pl. 11, fig. 3, 1890; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxu, No. 4, p. 166, pl. 11, fig. 1, 1892. ange. — Guatemala to British Columbia. Genus Amalia Moquin Tandon. * Amalia hewstoni Cooper. Limax (Amalia) hewstoni COOPER, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1872, p. 145, pl. 111, figs. BI-Bs. Amalia hewstoni PILsBRY, Class. Cat., p. 29, 1898. fange.— San Diego to Seattle. San Francisco, Calif. ! This form may perhaps be an evolution from imported specimens of the European A. gagates. It probably extends into British Columbia. Family ARIONIDA. Genus Prophysaon W. G. Binney. Prophysaon andersoni Cooper. Arion? andersoni COOPER, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1872, p. 148, pl. Il, figs. FI-F5. — PILSBRY, of. cé¢. for 1898, p. 245, pl. x, figs. 18-22 ; pl. x1, figs. 28, 29; pl. x11, figs. 59-62; pl. xvi, figs. 92-93, 18098. Not P. andersoni. — BINNEY, in 2d Suppl. Terr. Moll., p. 42. Prophysaon andersoni BINNEY, 3d Suppl. Terr. Moll., v, p. 208, pl. 11, fig. i, pl. vil, fig. ¢,/pl.1, figs 3) pli ax, figs: 1,7, 1890. Prophysaon andersoni vars. marmoratum and suffusum COCKERELL, The Con- chologist, 11, pp. 72, 118. Prophysaon hemphilli BLAND and Binney, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., x p. 295, pl. x1I, excluding fig. 5. Prophysaon pacificum et P. flavum COCKERELL, Nautilus, 111, p. 111, Feb., 1890. — PILsBRY, of. cit., p. 246, 1898. Prophysaon andersoni var. pallidum COCKERELL, Nautilus, v, p. 31, July, 1891. Range.— San Francisco north to Alaska and eastward to Idaho. Variety pallidum Cockerell, Vancouver Island! British Columbia ; Cape Fox, Alaska! Type (axdersonz) Victoria and Nanaimo, British Columbia. Var. pactficum Cockerell, Victoria, B. C.! IT have followed Dr. Pilsbry’s arrangement of the varying forms of this remarkable self-amputating slug. FAMILY ARIONID/ZE 47 * Prophysaon foliolatum Gould. Arion foliolatus GOULD, Moll. U. S. Expl. Exped., p. 2, pl. 1, figs. 2a, 26, 1852: Puget Sound. Phenacarion foliolatus COCKERELL, Nautilus, 111, p. 127, Mar., 1890. Phenacarion hemphilli W. G. BINNEY, 3d Suppl. Terr. Moll., v, p. 208, pl. vil, fig. C, IX, fig. H; 4th Suppl., p. 183; not Prophysaon hemphilli Bland and Binney. Prophysaon foliolatum (GouLD) Pixspry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1898, p. 248, pl. x, figs. 15, 16, 17; pl. x1, fig. 32; pl. x1u, figs. 55, 56, 57, 58; pl. xiv, fig. 70; pl. xv, fig. 80; pl. XvI, figs. 90, 98. Range. — Puget Sound region, Prophysaon humile Cockerell. Prophysaon humile COCKERELL, Nautilus, 1, p. 112, Feb., 1890.—W. G. BINNEY, 3d Suppl. Terr. Moll., v, p. 211, pl. vil, figs. E, G, L, M, 18go. Piuspry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1898, p. 251, pl. xvI, fig. 97. Prophysaon fasctatum COCKERELL, in Binney, 3d Suppl. Terr. Moll., v, p. 209, pl. vil, fig. A, 1890.—PILSBRY, of. ctt., p. 251, pl. xX, figs. 23-27 ; pl. x1, fig. 34; pl. xu, figs. 37-40; pl. xvI, figs. 91, 94-96. Prophysaon fasctatum var. obscurum COCKERELL, The Conchologist, 1, p. 119, Mar. 1893. Range. — Northern Idaho to Puget Sound and northward to Alaska. P. humile Loring, Alaska! Seattle ! P. fasciatum Old Mission, Idaho; Chehalis and Seattle, Wash. * Prophysaon ceruleum Cockerell. Prophysaon ceruleum COCKERELL, Nautilus, 1, p. 112, Feb., 1890.— BIN- NEY, 3d Suppl. Terr. Moll., v, p. 209, pl. vu, figs. I, J, May, 1890.— Piuspry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1898, p. 253, pl. 1x, figs. 7-11; pl. x1, fig. 30; pl. x11, figs. 51-53; pl. xvi, fig. 86, Nov., 1898. P. ceruleum var. dubtum COCKERELL, @oc. cit., 1890. Range. — Portland, Oregon; Seattle and Olympia, Wash. Genus Ariolimax Morch. Ariolimax columbianus Gould. Limax columbianus GouLp, Terr. Moll., 11, p. 43, pl. LXvI, fig. 1, 1851; Moll. U. S. Expl. Exp., p. 3, fig. 1, @, 6, 1852. Artolinax columbianus MOrcH, Mal. BL, vi, p. 110, 1859. — BINNEY, Am. Journ. Conch., 1, p. 48, pl. v1, figs. 11-13, 1865 ; Land and Fw. Shells N. Am., I, p. 279, fig. 499, 1869 ; Man. Am. Landsh., p. 98, figs. 58- 61, 1885. — PitsBry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1896, p. 342; 1898, p. 235, pl. xv, fig. 81; pl. xiv, fig. 66; pl. xv, figs. 73, 74, 1898. Range.— Santa Barbara, northward to Sitka, Victoria, and Nanaimo. Malcolm Island and Broughton Strait, British Columbia ; SE. Alaska (to Cross Sound?) Klawak, Prince of Wales Archipelago! Sitka, Alaska! and probably north to Cross Sound and Icy Strait, or even Lituya Bay. 48 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS This is the common slug of British Columbia and Alaska, found in damp places in the wooded region. It varies from dark maculate to yellowish olive, and when full grown may reach a length of eight or nine inches, when fully extended. It is very fond of the leaves of the Alaskan skunk cabbage, a taste shared by bears and the Alaskan deer. It produces a profuse and most tenacious slime. When the Indians wish to catch the ruby-throat humming bird they gather two or three of these slugs and whip them with small bare twigs. Under this treatment slime is given off in large quantity and adheres to the twigs, which are afterward placed among the flowers visited by the hummers. If they alight on one of the twigs they cannot escape from the ad- hesiveness of this singular birdlime. It is said one of the ancient chiefs had a cape entirely covered with the resplendent plumage of the male ruby-throat, and which was regarded as incredibly valuable. The black spotted form seems to have been named maculatus, by Cockerell, and the yellow mutation séramineus, by Hemphill, but they occur in- discriminately in Alaska and are probably only individual color-muta- tions. * Ariolimax steindachneri Babor. Ariolinax steindachneri Basor, Ann. K.K. Naturh. Hof-Museum, Wien, xv, p- 85, Ig00. Range. — Puget Sound. I am unable to state whether this is distinct or one of the mutations of A. columbianus. Genus Hemphillia Bland and Binney. Fic. 32. Hemphillia glandulosa Binney. * Hemphillia glandulosa B. and B. Hemphillia glandulosa BLAND and BINNEY, Ann, Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., x, p. 209; pl. 1x, figs. 1, 3, 5, 15, 16, 17, 1872. — Prtspry and VANATTA, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1898, p. 233, pl. 1x, figs. 1, 2; pl. xt, figs. 49, 50. Range. — Astoria, Oregon, and Puget Sound region. *Hemphillia camelus Pilsbry and Vanatta. Flemphillia camelus PILSBRY and VANATTA, Nautilus, x1, p. 44, Aug., 1897 ; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1898, p. 234, pl. Ix, figs. 3, 4; pl. x1, figs. 41, 42; pl. xvi, fig. 85. FAMILY ENDODONTIDe 49 fange.— Northern Idaho, at Old Mission. Like other species of northern Idaho this probably extends across the parallel into British America. Family ENDODONTIDZ. Genus Pyramidula Fitzinger. Subgenus Patula Held. Pyramidula solitaria Say. Felix solitaria SAY, Journ, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 157, 1821. — Bin- NEY, Terr. Moll. U. S., 1, p. 254, pl. vii, figs. 6-10; II, p. 208, pl. XXIV, 1851. Patula solitaria (SAY) BINNEY, Man. Am. Landsh., p. 254, figs. 263, 267, 268, 1885. Flelix limitaris DAWsON, Rep. Brit. N. Am. Boundary Survey, Geology, pp. 347-350, 1875. Pyramidula solitaria limitaris Pitspry, Class. Cat. Am. Landsh., p. 31, 18098. Patula solitaria var. occidentalis VON MARTENS, fide Pilsbry, 1. c., p. 31, 1898. FRange.— Arkansas north to Ohio, west to eastern Oregon, and northward in Alberta. Var. diémitarts, Waterton Lake, Rocky Mts. in Alberta; northern Idaho. Var. occtdentalis, Dalles of the Columbia near Fort Vancouver; Coeur d’Alene Mts., Idaho. Fics. 33-35. Pyramidula alternata Say. *Pyramidula aiternata Say. Flelix alternata Say, Nicholson’s Encycl., rst Am. ed., 11, pl. 1, fig. 2, 1817. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 1, p. 73, figs. 122-129, 1869. Anguispira alternata MORSE, Journ. Portland Soc. N. Hist., 1, p. 11, fig. 15, pl. iv, fig. 16, 1864. Felix dubia SHEPARD, Trans. Lit. Sci. Soc. Quebec, 1, p. 194, 1829. fange.— Eastern North America as far north as Nova Scotia, Lower Canada, and the international boundary. Lake of the Woods! (Kennicott) ; Canso, Nova Scotia (fide Bin- ney). Binney (of. czt., pp. 74, 76) gives the northeastern range of this species as Labrador, but Canso, where his specimens were obtained, is 50 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS in Nova Scotia, not Labrador. I have no authentic record of this species north of Lake of the Woods. Subgenus Gonyodiscus Fitzinger. Pyramidula striatella Anthony. flelix striatella ANTHONY, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., 11, p. 278, pl. m1, fig. 2, 1840. — GOULD, Inv. Mass., p. 178, fig. 112, 1841. Patula striatella BINNEY, Man. Am. Land Shells, p. 69, figs. 28, 29, 1885. ela (Gonyodiscus) striatela PILSBRY, Class. Cat. Am. Landsh., p. 32, 98. FRange.— Kansas northward to Great Slave Lake and from New England to the Sierra Nevada, and south to Arizona. Woods of the Winnipeg basin, Turtle Mt., Lake of the Woods! English River! Manitoba; Moose Factory! James Bay; Great Slave Lake at Fort Resolution! in Alberta at Laggan, Red Deer, Olds, and McLeod, west to the Selkirk Range. It is difficult to distinguish immature specimens of this species from P. cronkhitet Newc., but when full grown perfect specimens are com- pared it is seen that s¢rzate//a is a smaller shell with a proportionately larger umbilicus, it is of a richer brown color, more regularly and elegantly ribbed and more polished or glistening on the surface. The animal of s¢rzate//a shows no red maculations through the translucent shell when living, such as are seen in P. ruderata. Pyramidula cronkhitei Newcomb. Flelix cronkhitet NEwCOMB, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 11, p. 180, 1865. Patula cronkhitei Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., 11, p. 263, 1866. — BINNEY, Man. Am. Landsh., p. 70, fig. 30, 1885. Pyramidula striatella cronkhitet PILSBRY, Class, Cat. Am. Landsh., p. 32, 1898. Patula pauper BINNEY (ex parte), Man. Am. Landsh., p. 187, 1885. Range. — Nevada and California in the wooded mountain region to 6,000 feet; Klamath Lake and valley, Oregon, and northward. British Columbia at Nanaimo; Lake Lindeman, Yukon Territory ; in Alaska at Sitka! Chilkat Inlet! and valley; Chilkoot Inlet! and valley! shores of Yakutat Bay! English Bay (Merriam)! and St. Paul, Kadiak Island! Popof and Unga Islands! Shumagins ; Chika Rocks! and Akutan Island! Akutan Pass; Unalaska (Dall, Elliott, Kincaid, Turner) ! Mr. Binney observes that this species is larger, of a lighter color, is more coarsely (and I may add more irregularly) striated than P. striatella. It also has when full grown a larger shell and relatively smaller and deeper umbilicus. I am obliged to confess that I am not able to distinguish shells long dead from those of P. ruderata, which FAMILY ENDODONTIDE£ 51 replaces this species on Bering Island and in Kamchatka. But when the animals are living P. rwderata shows through the translucent shell deep red or red-brown radiating maculations, which are situated on the mantle. After the shells have been dead some time this macula- tion disappears. Now the living P. croxkhitez do not show any such color-markings. The presence of the latter led Morelet to name an immature raderata, Helix floccata. The shell figured by von Martens ~ in the Conchologische Mittheilungen under the name of /foccata does not agree with Morelet’s original diagnosis, and was not found by me during much energetic collecting at his locality, Petropavlovsk, Kam- chatka, in 1865. If, as stated by von Martens, it really comes from the original lot collected by Morelet it is evident that his diagnosis (which calls for a shell with an angular periphery like young ruderata) was founded on a mixture, of which young ruderata probably formed apart. But I am inclined to believe that von Martens was misled in regarding the shell he figured to be a native of Kamchatka. Pyramidula pauper Gould was described from the same locality as Morelet’s floccata, and is undoubtedly the same as the shell I have called rxderata, following Morelet, Middendorff and others. But the P. cronkhiteé from Unalaska and other places in Alaska which has been called pauper by Dr. Cooper and others, is our American shell. Mr. Binney thought it different from P. crozkfztez, but after much study and consideration I cannot confirm this opinion, Subgenus Planogyra Morse. *Pyramidula asteriscus Morse. Helix asteriscus MorSE, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., v1, p. 128, 1857; Am. Nat., 1, p. 546, fig. 43, 1867. Planogyra asteriscus MORSE, Journ. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., 1, p. 24, figs. 51, 52; pl. u, fig. 5; pl. viii, fig. 53, 1864. Patula asteriscus BINNEY, Man. Am. Landsh., p. 186, figs. 185, 186, 1885. Pyramidula (Planogyra) asteriscus Pitspry, Class. Cat. Am. Landsh., p. 33, 1898. Range.— Maine ; Provinces of Quebec and Ontario, Canada; Van- couver Island? Tacoma, Wash. ? This species has been reported from British Columbia and Wash- ington, but it seems the identification is somewhat doubtful, and the shells were probably Pazctum clappi Pilsbry. Genus Oreohelix Pilsbry. Oreohelix strigosa Gould. Helix strigosa GOULD, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 11, p. 166, 1846 : Moll. U. S. Expl. Exped., p. 36, fig. 41, 1852.— Binney, L. and Fw. Sh. N. Am., Tj.p= '72,. 1869; 52 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Helix cooperi BINNEY, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1858, p. 118; Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 78, figs. 132-137, 1869. flelix haydeni Gass, Am. Journ. Conch., v, p. 24, pl. vil, fig. 1, 1869. Anguispira brunert ANCEY, La Nature, 111, p. 468, Sept., 1881. Oreohelix strigosa PiLsBry, Nautilus, xvi1, No. 11, p. 131, footnote, 1904. Range. — Type at Spokane, Wash., also in the Rocky Mountain region from northern Mexico to and somewhat beyond the 4gth parallel westward from the Lake of the Woods. Var. coopert, Lake of the Woods, and westward to the Rockies near the 49th parallel. Var. stantoni Dall (1905). Thirty-three miles southeast of Medi- cine Hat, Assiniboia, near top of Cypress Hills, altitude 4,700 feet ; latitude about 49° 30, west longitude 110° 10’. The variety staxtonz is dwarfed, measuring in maximum diameter 10.0, minimum 8.5, and height 8.0 mm., with about five whorls, a peripheral brown band with a narrower one above and sometimes others on the base, the remainder ashy, rudely incrementally striate, with rounded periphery and deep narrow (1 mm.) umbilicus. It is very similar to some varieties of the European HZ. vzrgata Da Costa. Eight specimens were collected by Dr. T. W. Stanton in 1903. A large number of names, varietal and other, have been given to the mutations of this species, which barely enters the region covered by this memoir, at its southern border near the Rocky Mountains. The group is viviparous, and the young attain a large size before extrusion. Genus Helicodiscus Morse. Helicodiscus lineatus Say. Flelix lineata SAY, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 18, 1819.—GouLp, Inv. Mass., p. 179, fig. 103, 1841.—Morse, Am. Nat., I, p. 546, fig. 44, 1867. Planorbis parallelus Say, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 164, 1821. Flelicodiscus lineatus MORSE, Journ. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., 1, p. 25, figs. 61, 62, pl. u, fig. 3; pl. vu, fig. 63, 1864.— BinNEy, Man. Am. Landsh., Pp. 75, figs. 34-37 A, 1885. Range. — New Mexico to Manitoba, New England to California. Reported as rare in Manitoba by Hanham. Fic. 36. Helicodiscus lineatus, shell and animal (magnified). FAMILY ENDODONTIDA 53 Genus Punctum Morse. Punctum pygmeum Draparnaud. Helix pygm@a DRAPARNAUD, Hist. Moll., p 114, pl. viru, figs. 8, 9, 10, 1805. Helix minutissina Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., 1x, p. 17; Proc., 11, p. 82, 1841. — BINNEY, Terr. Moll., 1v, p. 100, pl. Lxxvil, figs. 6, 7, 1859. — MorsE, Am. Nat., I, p. 546, fig. 46, 1867. Punctum minutissinum MOoxsE, Journ. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., I, p. 27, figs. 69, 70, pl. vill, fig. 71, 1864. Microphysa pygma@a BINNEY, Man. Am. Landsh., p. 71, figs. 31-33, 1885. Punctum pygmaum PILssry, Class. Cat. Am. Landsh , p. 33, 1898. Range.— United States generally; Quebec; Manitoba; Victoria, Vancouver Island. Europe. *Punctum randolphi Dall. Pyramidula ? randolphi DALL, Nautilus, v1, p. 130, Mar., 1895. Punctum randolphi Pitssry, Nautilus, 1x, p. 18, June, 1895. — DALL, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xxIv, p. 500, pl. xxv, figs. 7, 8, 9, 1902. Range. — Seattle, Wash. Probably exists throughout the Puget Sound region and adjacent British Columbia. Punctum clappi Pilsbry. Punctum clappi Picspry, Nautilus, x1, p. 133, Apr., 1898 ; Class. Cat. Am. Landsh., p. 33, 1898. Range. — Oregon, Washington, Vancouver Island. Salem, Wash.; Tacoma, Wash.; Seattle, Wash.; Nanaimo and Comox, Vancouver Island. This is probably the shell which has been reported as P. asteriscus Morse, from Vancouver Island and Tacoma. It has not been figured. Punctum conspectum Bland. Flelix conspecta BLAND, Ann. N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist., vi, p. 163, fig. 7, 1865. Zonttes conspectus BINNEY, Terr. Moll., v, p. 121, 1873 ; Man. Am. Landsh., p. 86, fig. 51, 1885. Punctum conspectum PiLspry, Nautilus, x1, p. 133, Apr., 1898 ; Class. Cat. Am. Landsh., p. 32, 1898. Range.— West America from middle California northward, and east to the west slope of the Rocky Mountains. Kamchatka. California! Oregon; Washington; Puget Sound region generally ; Victoria, British Columbia! Departure Bay, Vancouver Island! Sitka! Chilkoot Inlet and valley; Chilkat Inlet und valley; Coal Harbor! Unga Island, Shumagins; Unalaska! Alaska. Petropav- lovsk ! Kamchatka (Dall). 54 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS The most common of the minute species in Alaska; often found in numbers under bits of cast-off leather and chips near the tops of beaches. The Kamchatkan specimens are beyond suspicion. Genus Sphyradium Charpentier. Sphyradium edentulum Draparnaud. Pupa edentula DRAPARNAUD, Hist. Moll., p. 59, pl. 111, figs. 28, 29, 1805. Pupa simplex GouLp, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., 11, p. 403, pl. I, fig. 21, 1840; Inv. Mass., p. 190, fig. 121, 1841. Vertigo simplex STIMPSON, Shells of N. Engl., p. 53, 1854. Morse, Am. Nat., 1, p. 670, figs. 67, 68, 1868. —BINNEy, Man. Am. Landsh., p. 191, fig. 195, 1885. Pupa alticola INGERSOLL, Bull. U. S. Geol. Geogr. Survey of the Terr., No. 2, p. 128, 1875 ; ed. 11, p. 391, fig., 1876. — BINNEY, Man. Am. Landsh., p. 174, fig. 166, 1885. Pupa columella ‘‘ BENSON,"' var. gredleri CLESSIN, from Alaska, is probably S. edentulum, Range.— Northern Europe, Asia and America. Canada; heights of 8,000 to 9,000 feet in the Rocky Mountains, Colorado! Un- gava Bay, Labrador! Laggan, Alberta; Vancouver Island at Comox, Nanaimo and Victoria; Kukak Bay,Peninsula of Alaska ! Popof Island! Shumagin Islands; Rooluk Island near Unalga Pass, Aleutians! Port Clarence, Alaska! Petropavlovsk! Kam- chatka (Dall). This species has a wide distribution and considerable synonymy. Fic.37. Sphyradium eden- fulum (magnified). UNIDENTIFIED SPECIES. The following FHfelictd@ are tncerteé sedis. Flelix rudis J. de C. Sowerby in Richardson, Fauna Bor. Am., WI, app., p- 315, 1836. Nude name. ‘¢ Lake Superior, Winnipeg and Saskatchewan River.” Felix attenuata J. de C. Sowerby, of. czt., p. 315, 1836. Nude name. ‘¢ Lake Superior, Winnipeg, and Saskatchewan River.” Flelix belcheri Pfeiffer, P. Z. S. London, for 1845, p. 128; Mon. Helic. Viv., 1, p. 104; Reeve, Conch. Icon., Mon. He/zx, pl. 190, fig. 1328. This species, supposed to have been collected by Capt. Belcher, during his voyage to the Northwest Coast of America, has not been recognized from that quarter since; and probably, like many other FAMILY SUCCINEID 4& 55 species brought home by Belcher from time to time, had got wrongly labelled. Family SUCCINEIDE. Genus Succinea Draparnaud. Succinea DRAPARNAUD, Tabl. Moll., pp. 32, 55, 1801; Hist. des Moll. Terr., pp. 24, 29, 58, 1805. Helix putris Linné and S. oblonga Drap.; Blainville, Man., I, p. 455, 1825. < Amphibulima LAMARCK, Ann. du Museum, VI, p. 304, 1805; Ist sp. A. cuculata Lam. = patu/a Brug. Froriep, Lam. Syst. Conch., p. 19, 1807. < Amphibulimus MONTFORT, Conch. Syst., 1, p. 90, 1810. Lucena OKeEN, Lehrb. d. Naturg., Il, pp. x, 311, 312, 1815; Swccinea putris (L.) Draparnaud.— HARTMANN, in Sturm, Fauna Deutschl., v1, pp. 27, 40, 54, 1821, L. pulchetia Hartmann, sole ex. Not of Hart- mann Neue Alpina, 1, p. 208. —MO6rcu, Vidensk. Medd., p. 296, 1864. Amphibulina HARTMANN, in Sturm, Fauna Deutschl., vi, pp. 42, 55, 1821; ist sp. Helix putris L. Amphibina HARTMANN, Neue Alpina, I, p. 208, 1821. — M6rcu, Syn. Moll. Dan., p. 33, 1864; Vidensk. Meddel. Kjob., p. 295, 1864; Ist sp. S. Dpfeiffert Réssm. < Cochlohydra Férussac, Tabl. Syst., pp. Xxxu, 26, 1821. Succinia GRAY, in Turton, Man., 2nd ed., p. 110, 1840. Tapada STUDER, Syst. Verz., p. 11, 1820. Succinga DESHAYES, Encyc. Méth., 11, p. 18, 1830, passim. > Helisiga Lesson, Voy. Coquille, p. 316, 1829, 47. sanctehelene Lesson, H. and A. Apams, Gen. Rec. Moll., 11, p. 130, 1855. > Helisigna Mrs. Gray, Fig. Moll. An., Iv, pp. 55, 113, 1859. Neritostoma MOxcu, Vidensk. Meddel. Kjob., for 1863, p. 294, 1864, Ist sp. S. puiris L. Tapada ALBERS, Heliceen, p. 55, 1850.— PFEIFFER, Mon. Hel. Viv., Iv, pp. 803, 808, 1859. > Brachyspira PFEIFFER, Mon. Hel. Viv., Iv, pp. 803, 804, 1859. Not of Ehrenberg, 1858. < Truella PEASE, P. Z. S., 1871, pp. 459, 472; type 7. elongata Pease. Neritostoma WESTERLUND, Fauna d. Pal. Reg., , Vv, pp. 1, 2, 1885; S. putris L. Oxyloma WESTERLUND, of. cit., pp. 1, 7, 1885 ; S. dunkert (Zelebor). Amphibina WESTERLUND, of. cit., pp. I, 8, Ist sp. S. e/egans Risso. Lucena WESTERLUND, of. c?t., pp. I, 14, Ist sp. S. od/onga Draparnaud. This genus has been divided into sections on the basis of the den- ticulation of the jaw, as follows : Jaw without denticulations. Oxyloma (hungarica). Jaw with a single median denticle. Amphibina ( pfeiffert). Jaw with a minute median denticle. Lzcena (oblonga). Jaw with three denticles Verctostoma. = Succineas.s. According to this scheme S. avara is an Amphibina, S. tottentana atypical Szcczxea, while S. oval’s (Say) Morse has seven denticles and is unprovided for. The differences among the few species which 56 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS have been examined are so great that it is probably better to await a more thorough knowledge of all the species, in the light of which we can judge better whether this character has any systematic value or not. Our American species resemble one another so closely that it seems hardly likely that there are any fundamental differences between them. Succinea oregonensis Lea. Succinea oregonensis LEA, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., p. 32, 1841; Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., 1x, p. 5, 1844. — BINNEY, Terr. Moll., 1, p. 77, pl. LXVII, fig. 2, 1851.— Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., II, p. 235, pl. (11) xvu, fig. 18, 1866. — BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 270, fig. 485, 1869. Range. — California (to 6,500 feet alt.) , Oregon, Washington, and British Columbia. Victoria, B. C.! Wallawalla, Wash. ! This species on the Pacific Coast takes the place in the fauna occupied in the East by S. avara Say, which it much resembles. The S. ‘ oregonensis’ reported from Winnipeg by Hanham was probably a variety of avara. The surface has a silky unpolished appearance, from the very fine close wrinkles with which it is covered, and which are characteristic. Succinea retusa Lea. Succinea retusa LEA, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., v, p. 117, pl. x1x, fig. 86, 1837. —W. G, Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am.,1, p. 256, fig. 454, 1869. Succinea ovalis GOULD, Inv. Mass., p. 194, fig. 125, 1841, not of Say, 1817. Succinea haydent var, minor W. G. BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 256, 1869. TRyON, Am. Journ. Conch., 1, p. 236, 1866. Succinea decampi TRYON, Am. Journ. Conch., II, p. 237, pl. xvi, fig. 23, 1869. — BINNEY, @. ¢., p. 257. Lange. — Northern United States, from Kentucky Fic. 38. Sue- northward to Canada and British America. cinea retusa Lea. In Manitoba at Carberry, Lake of the Woods and Pembina Mountain; in Alberta at Laggan and Red Deer. Ungava, Labrador! James Bay at Moose Factory ! Lower Sas- katchewan near Lake Winnipeg! Norway House; York Factory; Fort Resolution, Great Slave Lake! Yukon River near old Fort Yukon, Alaska! Stewart River, Yukon district ! Dall River, north of the Yukon! Duncan Bay, Discovery Passage, British Columbia. A widespread and abundant species identified by comparison of the typical specimens or cotypes furnished by the author to the National Museum. FAMILY SUCCINEIDZZ 57 Succinea hawkinsi Baird. Succinea hawkinst BARD, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 68, 1863. — BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 1, p. 268, fig. 481, 1869. Range. — British Columbia and eastward to Manitoba. Lake Osoyoos, B. C.; Sitka, Alaska! Carberry, Manitoba! not common. A large species with a produced oblique aperture and acute spire. Quite close to S. s¢ldiémané Bland. Succinea avara Say. Succinea avara SAY, Rep. Long's Exped., 11, p. 260, pl. xv, fig. 6, 1824. Succinea vermeta Say, New Harmony Diss., 1, No.15, 1829. —Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., 11, p. 233, pl. (11) Xv, fig. 10, 1866. Succinea wardiana LEA, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., I, p. 31, 1841; Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., 1x, p. 3, 1844.— Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., 1, p. 233, pl. (11) Xv, fig. 12, 1866. Succinea avara BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 262, fig. 468, 1869. Fic. 39. Suc- Range. — North America east of the Rocky Moun- ¢#”e@ avara tains from Texas to N. Lat. 62°.' Say. Lac des Mille Lacs to Lake of the Woods; lower Saskatchewan near Lake Winnipeg! Two Creeks, Manitoba; Laggan, Red Deer, Olds, and McLeod, Alberta; Fort Simpson, Mackenzie River in N. Lat: 62°! Succinea gronlandica Beck. Succinea grinlandica BECK, Index, p. 99, 1837 ; nude name. —MOLLER, Ind. Moll. Grénl., p. 4, 1842.—MO6rcuH, Am. Journ. Conch., Iv, p. 31, pl. Il, fig. 10, 1868. —BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 265, fig. 474, 1869.— PossELT, Consp. Faunz Gronl., p. 263, 1898. Range.—Iceland and Greenland. This species is rather close to retusa Lea but seems sufficiently dis- tinct to be retained. Succinea grosvenori Lea. Succinea grosvenori LEA, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1864, p. 109; Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., n.s., vi, p. 179, pl. XxIv, fig. 108, 1866. —BiINNEy, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 260, fig. 462, 1869. Range. — North America, east of the Rocky Mts. from Louisiana to British America but not far east of Geese) Pe -“the Mississippi. cimead grosvenore’ . ° . ee Wood Mt., Manitoba; Egg Lake and Red Deer, in Alberta; upper Mackenzie River at Fort Simpson ! 1 Succtnea verrilli Bland (1865, Binney, L. and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 1, p. 264, fig. 472) is probably either the young or a dwarf form of this species. It is from Anticosti Id. 58 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS The distribution indicated by the literature is rather odd for a shell ranging so far south, but there is no way of clearing up the doubt at present. Succinea rusticana Gould. Succinea rusticana GOULD, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. Hist., 11, p. 187, 1846; Moll. U. S. Expl. Exp., p. 28, fig. 29, 1852. Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., 11, p- 236, pl. (11) xv, fig. 19, 1866.— BinneEy, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 269, fig. 483, 1869. Range. — Tulare valley, Calif., northward to British Columbia ; the variety a/askana to Alaska. Comox, Vancouver Island, B. C.! Sumas Prairie, Fraser River valley, B. C.! Variety alaskana Dall,nov. Flats near St. Michael, Alaska! Point Romanof! Unalaska! St. Paul, Kadiak Id.! The Alaskan form is polished, of an olive greenish tinge, with rather inconspicuous lines of growth; with 3 tumid whorls, the general form of rusticana as figured by Binney, but shorter and more tumid; length 10, max. diam. 8, length of aperture 6.5 mm. This may prove, with more material, to be a distinct species. Succinea nuttalliana Lea. Succinea nuttalliana LEA, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 1, p. 32, 1841. — BINNEY, Terr. Moll., 11, p. 81, pl. Lxvu, a, fig. 4, 1851.—W. G. BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 269, fig. 484, 1869. Range. — Oregon, California, Washington and British Columbia. Victoria, Vancouver Island, B. C. This species was also reported by Randolph from the Lewes River, Yukon Territory, but in this case the shell was probably the quite similar S. retusa Lea. Succinea obliqua Say. Succinea obligua Say, Rep. Long's Exp., 1, p. 260, pl. xv, fig. 7, 1824. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 265, fig. 475, 1869. ? Succinea ovalis Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 15, 1817. Not S. ovadis Gould. Succinea campestris GOULD, Inv. Mass., p. 195, fig. 126, 1841.— Der Kay, Nat. Hist. N. Y., Moll.; p: 53; pl. Iv, fig. 54, 1843. Succinea greeri TRYON, Am. Journ. Conch., I, p. 232 pl. (11) xvi, fig. 8, 1866. Range.—¥rom Louisiana to Hudson Bay and Fic. 41. Suc- eastward to New England and Gaspé, but not west cinea obligua. of the Mississippi Valley. FAMILY LYMNEID/E 59 Lac des Mille Lacs to Lake of the Woods! Halifax, N. S.; Duf- ferin, Manitoba; Lake Winnipeg! Moose Factory, James Bay; Peace River, Athabaska! Great Slave Lake at Fort Resolution! Balena Bay, Newfoundland ! If the identification with Say’s unfigured ova/zs were beyond dispute, the latter name is prior and would have to be adopted. Succinea chrysis Westerlund. Succinea chrysts WESTERLUND, Nachrbl. d. D. Mal. Ges., 1883, p. 51; Vega Expd. Vetensk. Iakttag., Iv, p. 198, pl. 11, fig. 10, 1885. Succinea annexa \WESTERLUND, Vega Expd., p. 199, pl. 11, fig. 11, 1885. Succinea chrysis var. auredia VON MARTENS, Conch. Mitth., , p. 184, pl. XXXIII, figs. 21-22, 1885. Succinea lineata WW. G. BiNNEy, Man. Am. Landsh., app., p. 473, fig. 515, 1885, not S. Zéneafa W. G. B., 1857. Range. — Boreal America from Greenland to Bering Strait, and on the opposite shore of the Strait. Greenland (Posselt); Fort Simpson, Mackenzie River; water- shed of the Yukon, near Dawson, Yukon Territory! 30 miles below the Tanana River mouth on the Yukon, Alaska! the Koyukuk River, north of the Yukon! Nulato! Andreafski! and the Yukon delta! Point Romanof! shores of Norton Sound at Egg Island! Besboro Island! Cape Denbigh! Norton Bay! Golofnin Bay! Port Clarence! Konyam Bay on the Asiatic shore of Bering Strait; St. Michael! St. Mathew! St. Paul! and St. George! Islands, Bering Sea; north end of Nunivak Island! the Aleutian chain! Unalaska! Kadiak Island ! Sitka! At Chilkat Inlet, Alaska, Krause obtained the variety aureléa von Martens. This is the commonest and largest land shell of the boreal American region, passing through many mutations, but easily recognizable in all of them; often with a rich coloration varying from olive brown to orange and usually lineated with more opaque lighter axial streaks. I do not regard it as identical with the S. Z7zeata of W. G. Binney, though the species have some characters in common. Family LYMNAZIDZ. Genus Lymnza Lamarck. Limnea cochlea LINNE, Fauna Svecica, ed. I, pp. 374, 376, 1746 (not binomial). Vesica (ex parte) ANONYMOUS, Mus. Calon., p. 58, 1797; Helix stagnalis (and amaru/a) Linné. Helix (sp.) Linnfé, Gmelin, Bolten in Mus. Bolt., p. 109, 1798. 60 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Lymn@a LAMARCK, Prodr. Nouv. Clas. Coq., p. 75, 1799; Syst. des An. s. Vert., p. 91, 1801, Helix stagnalis Linné. Limneus DRAPARNAUD, Tableau, pp. 30, 47, 1801, no type cited ; Hist., pp. 25, 28, 48, 1805.—GossE, Nat. Hist. Moll., p. 86, 1854.— Turton, Man., p. 127, 1831, type ZL. stagnalis L. > Galba SCHRANK, Fauna Boica, III, pt. 2, pp. 262, 285, 1803; sole ex. Z. truncatula Miller. Lymmne@a Roissy, Hist. Nat. Moll., v, p. 345, 1805. — Lamarck, Encycl. Méth., pl. 459, 1816. —SCHUMACHER, Essai, p. 199, 1817.—LAMARCK, An. Ss... Vert.; Vi, 2, (D> 157, 1o22: Lymne@us Cuvier, Regne An., Il, p. 412, 1817. ; Lymnus MONTFORT, Conch. Syst., 11, p. 262, 1810, L. stagnalis L. Lymnea Risso, Hist. Nat. Eur. Mér., Iv, p. 94, 1826; 1st sp. L. pereger (Miller). Not Zymmnea Rafinesque, Pisces, 1815. > Radix MontFortT, Conch. Syst., u, p. 266, 1810. Felix auricularia Linné, sole ex.—M6rcu, Vidensk. Meddel. Kjéb., p. 302, 1864. Limnea FLEMING, Hist. Brit. An., p. 273, 1828. Limn@a DESMAREST, Rapp., Soc. Philom. Paris, 1812.— BLAINVILLE, Malac, I, p. 448, 1825.— Beck, Index, p. 110, 1838. — MoquiIn TANnpbon, Hist., Nat. Moll. France, 1, p. 458, 1855. Lymneus BRARD, Hist. des Coq. Terr. et Fluv. Paris, p. 133, pl. 5, 1815.— Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 167, 1821. > Lymnula RAFINESQUE, Journ. de Phys., LXXXVIII, p. 423, 1819 ; = Lym- nea of Authors, fide Rafinesque, 1. c. > Omphiscola RAFINESQUE, Of. cit., p. 423, 1819. No species cited, but the only Ohio shell corresponding even moderately to the diagnosis is ZL. reflexa Say. > Gulnaria LEACH, Proofsheets, pp. 146, 148, 1819 ; fide Turton, Man., p. 117, 1831.—GRray’s Turton, p. 232, 1840.—Gray, P. Z.S., 1847, p. 180; type L. auricularia (Linné). Stagnicola LEACH, Proofsheets, pp. 141, 145, 1819.— JEFFREYS, Linn. Trans. XVI, I, p. 376, May 29, 1830, ZL. Palustris Miiller.—Turton, Man., pp. 121-124, Oct., 1831.—GrRAy’s Turton, pp. 237-242, 1840.—Gray, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 180; no type cited.— Lracu, Synops. Moll. Gt. Brit., p. IoI, 1852, 1st sp. LZ. glaber (Miller). Not Stagnico/a Brehm, Aves, Dec., 1830. Auricularia FABRICIUS, Fortegnelse, p. 94, 1823 (nude name), not of Blain- ville, 1816. > Omphiscola BECK, Index, p. 110, 1838, Z. glabra (Miiller).— H. and A. Apams, Gen. Rec. Moll., 11, p. 255, 1855 ; not Omphzscola Raf., 1819. >Limnophysa FITZINGER, Syst. Verz., p. 112, 1833; type L. palustris (Miller). — Beck, Index, p. 110, 1838.—M6rcu, Vidensk. Medd., p. 298, 1864. > Leptolimnea SWAINSON, Malac., p. 338, 1840; Z. elongata Sowerby, = L. glaber (Miiller).— Mércu, Vidensk. Meddel. Kjéb., p. 298, 1864. Adelina CANTRAINE, Mal. Méd., 1, p. 155, 1841; type 4. e/egans Cantraine, not Adelina Chevrolat, Coleopt., 1833. Leachia JEFFREYS, Linn. Trans., XVI, II, p. 519, 1833, not of Risso, 1829, or Lesueur, 1821, L. stagnalis (Linné). > Bulimnea HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., part 3, p. 6, July, 1841 ; type Lzmmnea megasoma (Say) Haldeman. Not of H. and A. Adams. > Acella HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., part 3, p. 6, July, 1841; type Limnea gracilis (Say) Haldeman. > Pleurolinnea MEEK, Checkl. N. Am. Fos. Eocene, pp. 9, 34, 1866 ; Rep. Inv. Foss. Upper Missouri, p. 533, 1876; type P. tenutcostata Meek and Hayden (Eocene). FAMILY LYMNAIDE 61 > Polyrhytis MEEK, Rep. Inv. Fos. Upper Missouri, p. 532, 1876; type Limnea kingt Meek (Pliocene). > Omphiscola MEEK, Rep. Inv. Fos. Upper Missouri, p. 533, 1876; type Limnea glabra (Miller) ; not of Rafinesque. Omphalia ‘*Ra¥.,’’ Meek, of. cit., p. 532, in syn.; evr. pro Omphiscola Rafinesque. ? Erinna H. and A. ApAms, Gen. Rec. Moll., 11, p. 644, 1858; type £. newcomb: Adams. > Neritostoma H. and A. ADAms, Gen. Rec. Moll., u, p. 253, 1855, Ist sp. L. auricularia (Linné). Not of Mérch, 1864. ? Velutinopsis SANDBERGER, Land u. siissw. Conch. d. Vorwelt, p. 700, 1875, type Limnea velutina Desh. (Lower Pliocene). > Leptolimneus SANDBERGER, Land u. siissw. Conch. d. Vorwelt, p. 787, 1875 ; sole ex. cited Z. g/aber (Miiller). Eulimneus SANDBERGER, Land u. siissw. Conch. d. Vorwelt, pp. 787, 844, 1875 ; sole ex. cited L. s/agnatlis (L). > Fossaria WESTERLUND, Fauna, Pal. Reg., v, p. 49, 1885 ; LZ. truncatula (Miiller) ; Acta Soc. Sci. Slav. Merid., CLI, p. 118, 1902. > Tanousia BourGuiGNat, in Servain, Hist. Mal. du Lac Balaton, 1881.1 Type ZL. zrmanj@ Brusina; Westerlund, of. cit., p. 53, 1885, p. 118, 1902. > Lymnophysa (FITZINGER) Hazay, Mal. Blatt., 2d ser., 11, p. 163, 1881. > Limnus DyBowsk1, Bull. Imp. Acad. Sci. St. Petersburg, Xvi, p. 113, March, 1903, not of Agassiz, nom., 1847. > Omphalolimnus Dysowskt, Nachrichtsbl. d. d. Mal. Ges., Sept.—Oct., 1903, XXXV, p. 143, 1903. Type ZL. /agorit Dybowski; Bull. Acad. St. Petersb.,, XVIll,, p: 113, 1903: > Physastra TAPPARONE CANEFRI, Ann. Mus. Genov., XIx, p. 245, 1883. Type P. vestita T.-C., of. cit., p. 246. New Guinea. > Zagrabica BRUSINA, Beitr. Pal. Oest.-Ung., 1884, Z. saticotdes Brus. — WESTERLUND, Acta Acad. Sci. Slav. Merid., CLI., p. 119, 1902. Not Zimnea Poli, Test. Utr. Sicil., 1, p. 31, 1791, UH, p. 253, 1795 (not binomial). The genus Lymnea as now understood is due to Lamarck, though several authors, including Westerlund as late as 1885, have given credit for it to Bruguiere. This has probably arisen from a failure to observe the dates of the different livraisons which contained the plates of the Encyclopédie Meéthodique. The plate containing the name Lymnea was not issued until 1816 (though often cited as 1791), and then it was under the supervision of Lamarck, Bruguiére having nothing to do with it. The name ZLymne@a had already been used by Poli, in 1791, for the animal of various unrelated bivalves, but his ingenious quadrinominal system takes the work of Poli out of the category of those which can be cited in nomenclature, except historically. 1 The multitude of group names used for mutations of Lymnc@a stagnalis and other species by Servain in his ‘ Lake Balaton’ paper, can hardly be regarded as having entered into systematic nomenclature, as they are groups of less value than species, and physiological rather than hereditary, according to Hazay. 62 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS The name Lymnea has been spelled in many different ways, the most correct being Lzne@ea, but there seems to be no good reason for changing the original form, especially as no derivation was given by Lamarck. The Helix stagnalis of Linné, being the only species mentioned, necessarily becomes the type. Four years after Lamarck, Schrank gave the name Gadéa to a species which was without doubt the Buccinum truncatulum of Miiller. It has been referred to B. palustre Miiller, but a scrutiny of the very careful description of both shell and animal reveals that it agrees with no local species of the group except a young ¢runcatula. A little later Montfort separated the Z. a@uricularia group under the name of Radzx, and in 1819 Rafinesque, in a summary of the forms collected on the Ohio River, proposed Omphiscola for species which have the peristome reflected over the pillar and body with an umbilical chink between the reflection and the body of the shell. He cites no species, but of the Ohio species only ZL. reflexa Say can be said to agree with the diagnosis. This character is however of minor impor- tance. Rafinesque’s name has been applied to several European species but without adequate grounds, since there is no species of the Radix group known in any part of the Ohio system. The name Stagnicola Leach was cited in synonymy by Jeffreys in 1830, in connection with Z. palustris (Miiller) , thus antedating Lzm- nophysa Fitzinger, 1833, based on the same type. Stagnicola was used by Brehm for a bird in December, 1830, but Jeffreys’ paper was issued May 29. Both these names have been loosely used in the lit- erature, but must be restricted to the typical and original forms. If the columnar species like Z. g/ader be separated in a section by them- selves, Leptolimmea Swainson appears to be the first available name. Erinna Adams is a Limneid modified for existence on rocks in rapid streams and waterfalls, the peristome being continued over the body and behind the broad excavated pillar, and the spire shortened, so that the animal may cling tightly to its situs. The descriptions of this form are rather misleading, the so-called ‘lamina’ being merely the pillar. The fossil Velut/nopszs is more like Choanomphalus than Lymnea, judging by the figures. The description of Zanousza reads as if it was founded upon an abnormal or monstrous specimen. The reversed physiform Lysn@a of the South Sea Islands will be included under Physastra Tapparone-Canefri; a species from Hawaii which is dextral but may be otherwise similar, has recently been shown by Pilsbry to have a somewhat different radula from the ordinary Lym- nea of north Europe and America. FAMILY LYMN/EID4E 63 Dybowski has recently applied the name Omphalolimnus to a species of Lymnea from the Crimea, which in outline resembles Z. stagnalis var. arenaria Colbeau, but which instead of having the axis pervious and the pillar gyrate, as in most species of this type, has the subumbilicate base and raised inner lip of the Aadzx section, to which his Z. /agorz¢ probably belongs, although it has a more ele- vated spire than most of the species of this section, being in this re- spect intermediate between the latter and Lymnc@a proper. The existence of fresh water shells in lakes or ponds where the water, through evaporation, is gradually becoming more alkaline, has been shown to be accompanied, in the lake-beds of the Great Basin of the western United States, by a tendency to solidification, thickening and corrugation or ribbing of the shells, regardless of their systematic relations. This goes on until the alkalinity becomes so great that mol- luscan life is no longer possible. We find in the fresh water Pliocene beds of Utah, Lymnaea, Pompholyx, Carinifex, Physa and Planorbis exhibiting these changes as we ascend in the beds, until the latter be- come barren of life. To these modifications we probably owe such forms as Polyrhytis, Pleurolimnea, Vortictfex, etc. I have shown in another place’ how such factors may be supposed to act in the case of land shells exposed to alkaline dust on tropical islands such as the Galapagos. While such changes are the result of the direct action of the environment on the individual, and not hereditary or evolutionary, it is nevertheless convenient to recognize the results in the systematic arrangement of the species. Disregarding synonyms, which can be deduced from the preceding data, the general arrangement of the groups of the genus Lymne@a would be about as follows : Subgenus Lymnea s. s. Section Lymne@as.s. Shell thin, with an acute and slender spire and expanded last whorl; the axis twisted, forming a (usually per- vious) spiral coil without a true umbilicus; the callus on the body closely appressed; the outer lip flaring more or less, simple, sharp, normally without any varical thickening. Type Z. stagnalis (Linné). Holarctic. * Section Bulimnea Haldeman. Shell large and solid, bulimiform, with an impervious axis, a twisted or subplicate pillar, the callus on the body and pillar closely appressed, and the outer lip not thickened or expanded. Type Lymne@a megasoma Say. Nearctic. 1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences Phila., for 1896, pp. 406-426. 64 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Section Radzx Montfort. Shell thin, usually with a short spire and ample last whorl; the axis twisted but not gyrate, the outer lip often expanded, the inner one more or less elevated and continuous across the body, forming a more or less conspicuous umbilicus; the outer lip thin. Type Lymnea auricularia (Linné). Holarctic. The umbilicus in this group varies from a mere chink to a rather large orifice through which a bristle may be passed nearly to the apex of the shell. Section Cyclolimnea Dall,noy. Shell thin, involute, the last whorl as long as the shell, the outer lip thin, simple, not expanded, the inner lip appressed, the axis not plicate, but with a small umbilical chink. Type Lymnea tnvoluta Harvey. British. The mantle is said to be extended partly over the shell. Section Polyrhytis Meek. Shell like Radzx, but axially strongly ribbed. Type Z. &émgz Meek. Pliocene, N. Am. Section Ace//a Haldeman. Shell thin, smooth, acute, extremely slender; the aperture expanded at the margin, the inner lip not appressed, a moderate chink behind it, the axis gyrate, pervious, not plicate; the outer lip simple, sharp. Type Z. graczlis Jay. Nearctic. Section Pleurolimnea Meek. Shell like Ace//a, but axially promi- nently ribbed. Type Z. texuzcostata Meek and Hayden. Eocene, N. Am. Section Ga/éa Schrank. Shell turrited, the whorls gradually in- creasing, smooth; the last whorl not inflated; the aperture moderate ; the outer lip not expanded or thickened; the inner lip not appressed ; the pillar not twisted or plicate, the axis minutely umbilicate. Type L. truncatula (Miller). Holarctic. Subgenus Stagnicola Leach. Section Stagnicola s.s. Shell elongate, smooth, the whorls gradu- ally increasing, the last whorl moderate; the outer lip sharp, not ex- panded, with a varical thickening within, in the adult; the pillar dis- tinctly plicate, the inner lip appressed, the axis slightly or not at all perforate. Type Z. palustris (Miiller). Holarctic. Section Leptoliémnea Swainson. Shell like Stagnizcola but more cylindrical, with numerous whorls and a small aperture. Type Z. glaber (Miller). Palearctic. ? Section Physastra Tapparone-Canefri. Shell like Stagnzcola but with a coarse dehiscent periostracum and coiled sinistrally. Type P. vestita T.-C. Polynesian. FAMILY LYMNIDAE 65 Genus Erinna Adams. Shell small, with a short spire, a large final whorl; the aperture with a continuous peristome which passes behind a broad somewhat excavated pillar; axis imperforate and the pillar not plicate. Type E. newcombi Adams. Hawaiian. Incerteé sedis. Velutinopsis Sandberger. Shell almost planorboid, with few, rounded, rapidly increasing whorls ; the aperture simple, suborbicular, the peristome sharp, simple, not reflected; the pillar lip broad, not appressed; the axis umbilicate. Type Z. veluténa Deshayes. Plio- cene of the Crimea. Tanousia Bourguignat. Shell small ovate conic, closely and almost involutely coiled; the last whorl inflated, subcarinate behind, the aper- ture contracted. Type Z. zrmanj@ Brusina. Pleistocene of Dalmatia. The group was named Saxdrza by Brusina in 1885, fide Westerlund. Zagrabica Brusina. Shell ventricose, with a short acute spire and few rounded whorls, rugose, umbilicate, the last whorl ample, with a rotund transverse aperture, and continuous peristome appressed on the columellar margin; the outer lip simple. The type is a Pleistocene fossil. A recent form from the Caspian has been referred to this group by Dybowski, under the name of Z. drusixiana. I have not seen specimens, but the description reads as if the shell might be a member of the /@adzx group which has been modified by life in brackish water. Lymneza stagnalis Linné. felix stagnalis LInNé, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 774, 1758; ed. XII, p. 1249, 1767. Lymnea stagnalis LAMARCK, Prodr., p. 75, 1799. Lymnea jugularis Say, Art. Conchology, Nicholson’s Encyc., I (no pagina- tion), 1817 ; 3d ed. (p. 6), 1819. -HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 16, pl. Iv, 1841. Lymnaa appressa Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1, p. 168, 1818. — HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 18, pl. v, 1842. Limnea stagnalis W. G. BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 0, p. 25, figs. 28-32, 1865. Range. Europe, the Caucasus, western and northern Asia, the northern United States, Canada and British America. Lake Superior, Lake Winnipeg ! the Saskatchewan River ! Carberry, Manitoba; Moose Factory, James Bay ! Knee Lake, Keewatin! Slave River, 25 miles below Peace River! Great Slave Lake at Fort Rae! and Fort Resolution! Fort Simpson! and Fort Smith! on the Mac- 66 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS kenzie River; Fort Anderson, Lat. 68° N.! and Lake Harrison, Lat. 70° N! Shawnigan Lake, Vancouver Island! and Dall River, Lat. 66° N.! of the Yukon drainage in Alaska. The following additional localities are cited from the literature: York Factory, Keewatin, and the Nel- son River ; Egg Lake, Alberta; Red Deer, McLeod, and Olds; Lake Isle Lacrosse and Vermilion Lake ; Lake Osoyoos, B.C. (but replaced west of the Cascades by ZL. saumassiz, according to J. K. Lord) ; Syniakwateen Lake, B. C.; lakes in the Kenai Peninsula, Alaska (Wossnessenski) ; Stewart River, Yukon district (Canadian Geol. Survey). It seems unnecessary to cite the multitudinous varietal names bestowed on the mutations of this species in Europe. In a wide sense it is one of the most easily recognizable of fresh water shells, as it is one of the most conspicuous of circumboreal species. Fic. 42. Lymnea stagnalis. Lymnea petersi n. sp. Plate m, fig. 3. Shell extremely thin, of five or more tumid rapidly enlarging whorls ; spire acute, the suture deep; whorls rounded, the periphery nearer the preceding suture; shell of a blackish brown, polished, finely sharply spirally striate; periostracum brownish, darker at resting stages ; aperture oval, a thin wash of callus on the body; pillar very thin, gyrate, the gyrations pervious; the outer lip not thickened. Height 16; max. diam. 8; height of aperture 8.5; width 5.2 mm. Range. — Koyukuk River, north of the Yukon in Alaska; W. J. Peters of the U. S. Geological Survey. This very delicate and pretty species appears to belong to the typical Lymnea in spite of its small size; it has much the aspect of a minute L. randolphi, but has more whorls in less than half the height, and is of quite a different color and without angularity to the whorls. Lymneza atkaénsis Dall. Plate 1, figs. 8, ro. Limnea atkaénsis DALL, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vil, p. 343, 1884. Range. — Lake on the island of Atka, Aleutian chain, near Korovin Bay. Shell with about four ovate whorls rapidly increasing, of a dark olive sometimes purplish tint, very thin, malleated, microscopically reticulated, with obscure revolving ridges; the aperture ovate, not expanded, the margins thin, that on the pillar narrowly reflected; FAMILY LYMNEIDZ 67 pillar gyrate, pervious, in the early whorls widely so, a condition concealed in the adult. This form grows in a region containing little lime, and the shells are extremely thin and often eroded into holes, which exhibit the peculiarities of the axis by which the species is relegated to the typical Lymnezas, though externally it has much the appearance of a small Radix. The species has been figured in the newer portion of the Conchylien Cabinet, but I have not the reference at hand. Adults measure : Height. Max. Diam. Height of Aperture. Width. Whorls. 26.5 16.5 16.5 10.5 4 24.0 13.0 14.0 9.2 3% 17.0 11.5 11.2 7.5 4% *Lymneza lepida Gould. Linnea lepida GOuLD, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., u, p. 211, 1847; Moll. U. S. Expl. Exp., p. 121, figs. 141, 141a, 1852. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 0, p. 29, fig. 33, 1865. Range.—Lake Vancouver, Oregon (Wilkes) ; near Challis, Idaho (Merriam) ! A species existing near the boundary and doubtless — Fic. 43. Lym- to be found in southern British Columbia. nea le pida Gould. *Lymnza (Bulimnea) megasoma Say. Lymne@us megasomus SAY, Rep. Long’s Exp., U, p. 263, pl. xv, fig. 10, 1824.— Kuster, Conch Cab., ed. 11, Limnea, p. 36, pl. vi, figs. 20, 21. * Limnea megasoma HALDEMAN, Mon, ‘Limn., Pp: 13, pl: i, figs. 1-3, 1841. — WHITFIELD, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. N. Y., 1, No. 2, p. 29, pl. v, 1882. Limnea megastoma SOWERBY, Conch, Icon., xviu, pl. Il, fig. 12, 1872. Limn@ea megalosoma SANDBERGER, Conch. d. Urw., p. 581, 1873. Range.—Northern New England, Canada and British America to Lat. 57° N. Lake Superior! Vermilion Lake, H. B. T.; to Etchimamish Lake, in Lat. 57° between the Nel- Fic. 44. Lymnea son River and the Height vst Land, Keewatin; megasoma Say. Bois Blanc Lake, Manitoba ! The British American localities are cited from the literature, and except the last I have been unable to verify them by an examination of authentic specimens. 68 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Lymnza (Radix) mighelsi Binney. Limne@a decollata M1iGHELS, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 1, p. 49, 1841. — MIGHELS and ADAMS, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., Iv, p. 336, pl. Iv, fig. 13 (four views), 1842. Limnea catascopium HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 52, 1842; not of Say. Limneus decollatus KtstER, Conch. Cab., ed. 11, Mon. Limn., p. 45, pl. vill, figs. 11-14, 1862. Limnea ampla MIGHELS, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., Iv, p. 347, pl. xvI, figs. 1a-1c, April, 1843; not of Hartmann, 1842.—Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 11, p. 30, figs. 34-35, 1865. Limnea mighelst, W. G. BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., II, p. 31, foot- note, 1865. Limnea angulata SOwERBY, Conch. Icon., xvi11, Mon. Limnea, pl. vu, fig. 47, Dec., 1872. Limnea emarginata Say, var. mighelst BINNEY, Nylander, Distr. of Limnea, etc., pls. I-IV, IgoI. Range. — Aroostook Co., Maine; Province of Quebec; northern Michigan ? Aroostook Co., Maine! Brome Lake, Province of Quebec! Lake Namakan, north of Lake Superior, western Ontario; Lake of the Woods, Manitoba. The earliest name of this species is decol/ata, which was applied to a stunted variety living in acidulous water which destroyed the early whorls. This name, however, being quite inapplicable to the normal shell, would best be kept for the shells to which it was applied, and retained in a varietal sense. After an examination of Say’s types of ZL. emarginata 1 am quite confident, as species go in Lymnea, that it is distinct from the present form, which I have never seen from the Western region. This species, Z. Fic. 45. Lym- : mtighelsi, is apparently a representative of Radix nea mighelst, }. Se ? Re My Pp . while the thickening of the outer lip internally in L. emarginata var. canadensis \eads to the suspicion that it 4S related to Stagnicola. Owing to the manner in which various forms of emarginata have been summarily united with L. mzghelst by rep- utable students, I shall on the present occasion waive this doubt and proceed to its immediate consideration. It may, however, be pointed out that W. G. Binney seems to have been of the same opinion when, in 1865, he placed Z. emarginata in the same group as L. palustris. Lymnea (Stagnicola?) emarginata Say. Lymneus emarginatus Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 170, 1821; Long’s Exp. Rep., 11, p. 263, 1824 (Maine). ? Limneus emarginatus Say, Am. Conch., VI, pl. 55, fig. 1, 1834. Limneus ontartensis MUHLFELDT in Kiister, 1862, fide W. G. Binney, of. ca., p- 52, 1865. FAMILY LYMN AIDA 69 Limnea emarginata HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 10, pl. I, figs. 4-5, 1841. ? Limnea serrata HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 12, pl. I, fig. 7, 1841 (path- ologic specimen, figure copied by Binney, of. ci¢., p. 52, fig. 78). Limnea scalaris WESTERLUND, Vega Exp. Vet. Iakt., Iv, p. 201, pl. Iv, fig. 13, 1885. Not Z. scalaris A. Braun, 1853, or Sowerby, 1872. Limne@a canadensis SOWERBY, Conch. Icon., xvi, Mon. Limin@a, pl. vu, figs. 45, a—, 1872. Range. — Northern United States east of the Mississippi, Canada, and northwestward. Lakes in northern Maine (Say)! Lake Champlain and Ontario ; Crooked Lake, Emmet Co., Michigan! English River, Keewatin, Hudson Bay! Port Clarence, Alaska (Vega Expd.). After considerable study I have been forced to the conclusion that several species were identified under this name by Say himself, as well as others. Say’s figure is wretched and does not represent the typical form from Maine, as at first described. The latter is apparently represented by specimens labelled by Say himself, still preserved in the Academy at Philadel- phia, and which must be regarded as typical. The F's. 46. Lym- nea emargtnata shell is small, with an acute spire ; one of the specimens Sa ay. has the suture deeply impressed, but not the others, which seem more normal. Westerlund’s figure fairly represents the species; Sowerby’s ZL. canadensis, judging from specimens com- pared with the types by Mr. E. A. Smith of the British Museum, is probably the same, though the shells are heavier and larger, with the lip thickened internally, and a marked umbilicus. I should not, in default of this comparison and if obliged to depend on Sowerby’s figures, have felt justified in uniting them. Lymnea (Radix) binneyi Tryon. Limnea binneyt Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., I, p. 229, pl. xxul, fig. 3, 1865 (Hellgate River, Oregon). Limnea ampla Tryon, Mon. Freshw. Univ. Moll., part 11, p. 91, 1872, ex parte, not of Mighels. Range.— Northern United States west of Lake Huron and the adjacent British possessions. Lake Higgins, southern Michigan! Lake Houghton, northern Mich- igan ! east of Fort Colville, Wash. ! Fort Vancouver, Columbia River ! Sumas Prairie, B. C.! Vancouver Island; Clear Lake, Athabaska, N. Lat. 56° ! Lake Isle Lacrosse, Athabaska ! English River, Manitoba ! This species appears to be quite recognizable but has been frequently distributed under the name of Z. swmassz or ampla, with the latter of 70 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS which Tryon himself at one time confounded it. It has a short spire with appressed or moderately conspicuous suture, ovate form, tumid whorls, pale color, well marked umbilicus, and fine spiral striation. The largest specimen I have seen measured 27 mm. high and 18 mm. in maximum diameter; but the average adult is about 24 x 15mm. I have not seen any specimens angulated at the shoulder. Lymnza (binneyi var.?) preblei Dall, nov. Plate 1, figs. 1, 2. A shell which when young is almost identical with Z. d¢zneyz, and which may prove merely a giant growth of it, occurs in the Hudson Bay drainage. When full grown it has six whorls, with much the same contour as Bulimnea megasoma, the last whorl being much the largest, moderately expanded, and somewhat produced in front. The umbilicus is deep and partly hidden by the reflected pillar lip, which is continuous and more or less raised across the body. There is no fold onthe pillar. The surface, when in perfect condition, is minutely but sharply sagrinate by the intersection of axial and spiral stria, and is often malleate besides. The shell is nearly white or pale straw color. Adults measure : Whorls. Height. Max. Diam. Height of aperture. Diam. 6 37 23 22.5 13 mm. 5.5 38 26 26 LO}ce Range.— English River, Manitoba (Kennicott) ! Knee Lake, Kee- watin (E. A. Preble) ! This form is remarkable for its size, its surface, and its deep umbil- icus. The resemblance of its profile to that of Z. megasoma is so marked that one wonders whether some of the records of the latter spe- cies from high northern localities may not have been based on specimens of this form. They are easily separated, however, if one pays attention to the other characters, and the present form probably never at- tains the solidity and rich coloration so characteristic of megasoma. Fic. 47. Lym- Lymnea (Radix?) columella Say. nea columella. Lymnea columella Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 14, 1817. Lymneus columellus Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 167, 1821. Limnea columella HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 38, pl. xu, figs. 13-15, 1842. —BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 32 (ex parte), fig. 38, 1865. FAMILY LYMNE£ID 71 Range.— Manitoba to New England, New Mexico, and Georgia. Lake Superior! Lake Winnipeg (Rich) ! This attractive species is readily recognized by its Swcczea-like form and fine spiral sculpture. The synonymy as given by Binney and others seems to need revision. I am not of the opinion that this form belongs properly in the Radzx group, as it has several features in common with Stagzicola, notwithstanding the form of the shell. An anatomi- cal examination will decide the question. Lymnza (Radix) randolphi F. C. Baker, Plate 1, figs. 3, 4. Lymnea randolphi BAKER, Nautilus, xvi11, No. 6, p. 63, Oct., 1904. Shell large, thin, angulate or subangulate at the shoulder ; constricted strongly at the suture, narrowly and deeply umbilicate, whorls about four, rapidly increasing in size but frequently decollate ; when entire the spire is less in length than the aperture but the proportion is vari- able; in conformity with the sutural constriction the posterior angle of the aperture is usually somewhat narrow, the apertural margin con- tinuous over the body, with a narrow deep umbilicus over which the pillar lip may be reflected. The pillar is sometimes slightly sinuous but not plicate, the surface may be smooth and polished, malleated, spirally threaded or minutely reticulated by axial and spiral lines. The periostracum is pale, but usually has a dark line at resting stages ; the outer lip is hardly expanded though often a little patulous in front ; it is never internally thickened. Measurements : Whorls. Height. Max. Diam. Height of aperture. Width. 3.5 31 19 18 11.6 mm. 4 41 23 24 15-5. °° 4 35 27 24 15.6 * Range.— Lake near Cosmos River, north of the Kowak River, Alaska, about N. Lat. 68° (Lieutenant Stoney) ! Kowak River, Alaska (Stoney) ! Nushagak River, Alaska! Lake Marsh! and Lake Linde- man, Yukon Territory ! Lake La Hoche, British Columbia! East of Fort Colville, Wash. ! This form is very recognizable, with its angular whorls and deeply constricted suture. A specimen from near Fort Colville, figured by Binney as a possible variety of Z. swmassz Baird (of. czt., p. 43, fig. 58), may prove a feebly angulated and unusually short spired specimen of this species. Ihave received it under the names ampla, sumass?, etc., from several Pacific Coast correspondents, and a large number of mostly defective specimens were obtained by the expedition into northwestern 72 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Alaska commanded by Lieutenant Stoney, U. S. N. The true Z. sumasst Baird is apparently a Stagnicola, but the present species belongs to Aadzx. It is not in the least like ZL. mighelsi (ampla Mighels) though often given that name. Lymnea (Acella?) kirtlandiana Lea. ? Limnea exilis LEA, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., v, p. 114, pl. x1x, fig. 82, 1837. Fa se esi ih Lea, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 1, p. 33, 1841; Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., 1x, p. 12, 1842. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., Il, p. 67, 1865. Limne@a lanceata GOULD, Proc. Boston Soc. N. Hist., ut, p. 64, 1848. — AGassiz, Lake Superior, p. 244, pl. vu, figs. 8, 9, 1850. — Tryon, Mon. Limn., pt. 2, pp. 112-113, pl. xvilIl, figs. 10, 11, 1872. Range. — Ohio to Nebraska, and northward. Poland, Ohio! Iowa River, Iowa! Apple Creek, Nebraska! Pic Lake, north of Lake Superior, in western Ontario ! The original types of Lea’s Lemnea extiis are in the National Museum, and after a careful examina- tion of them I am inclined to believe that they are somewhat abnormal dead specimens of this species rather than a mutation of Z. reflexa, as supposed by Binney; unless we extend Z. reflexa to cover the Fic. 48. Lym- : . whole group, which seems to me unwarranted. Z. nea kirtlandt- group, /anceata is an immature specimen of what was earlier called £értlandiana by Lea. The figures of both these forms in Binney’s work are uncharacteristic, especially that of ana Lea. lanceata, which shows nothing of the ‘‘ flatness of its whorls” re- ferred to by Gould in his remarks. These shells have all the characteristics of Ace//a except that they are less fragile, larger, and darker colored. They have the gyrate pillar of Zymne@a and not the plicate columella of Stagzzcola, which in other respects they recall. Until an exhaustive anatomical and experimental study of these animals is made, all group-references must be merely tentative. Lymnza (Galba) truncatula Miiller. Buccinum truncatulum MULLER, Verm. Terr. et Fluv., U, p- 130, 1774 (Europe). Limneus minutus DRAPARNAUD, Tableau, p. 51, 1801 ; Hist., p. 53, pl. 111, figs. 5-6, 1805 (France). Limnea ferruginea HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., pt. 3, third page of cover, Mar. 13, 1841; pt. 4, p. 49, pl. 13, figs. 19, 20, 1842 (Oregon). Range. — Europe, northern Asia and America. FAMILY LYMNEIDE 73 Bering Id., Commander Islands, Bering Sea! Kadiak Island, Alaska! ponds near Yakutat Bay, Alaska (Kincaid) ! Fort Simpson, Mackenzie River (Kennicott) ! near Brandon, Manitoba (Christy) ! Oregon (Nuttall) ; Hannah Bay (out of James Bay) near Moose Factory ! Specimens absolutely identical with those from Eu- rope have been collected from the indicated localities. It is quite likely that some of the specimens reported Fic. 49. Lym- nea truncatula Miller. (Euro- pean specimen. ) by collectors under the name of hzm7l’s or des¢diosa may have belonged to this species. The form called ferruginea by Haldeman seems to differ only by having the pillar lip more closely appressed, a character which any large series will show to be inconstant in individuals among them- selves as well as in the same individual in different stages. Lymneza (Galba) humilis Say. Lymneus humilis Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 378, 1822 (South Carolina). Limnea humilis (SAY) HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 41, pl. 13, fig. 1, 1842 (syn. exclus.). — BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., II, p. 63, fig. 99, 1865. Range. —From Georgia and Kansas northward. Lake Superior; Lake Winnipeg; Brandon; and Pem- bina Mt., Manitoba. Fic. 50. Lym- a . i 5 I have been unable to examine any authentic speci- nea kumtlis — Say. (Typical.) ™ens from north of Lat. 49°, and the above localities are cited from the literature. Lymnza (Galba) desidiosa Say. Lymneus desidiosus Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., m1, p. 169, 1821 (Cayuga Lake, N. Y.). Limneus desidiosus Say, Am. Conch., vi, pl. 55, fig. 3, 1834. Limnea desidiosa HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 31, pl. x, 1842 (ex farte).—BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 49, fig. 68, 1865. Fic. 51. Lym- Range.— Northern United States and northward. ”@¢d@esfdfosa Red Deer and McLeod, Alberta. Lower Saskatch- (94”#Ss@) Say. ewan near Lake Winnipeg; Brandon; Manitoba. Osoyoos Lake, British Columbia (J. K. Lord fide P. P. Carpenter). The above localities are cited from the literature. Lymnea (Galba) galbana Say. Lymneus galbanus Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v, p. 123, 1825 (New Jersey Pleistocene). 74 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Limnea galbana HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 51, pl. XIII, figs. 22, 23, 1842. Limnea philadelphica LEA, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., I, p. 32, 1841; Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., 1x, p. 8, 1844.— BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., Il, p. 50, fig. 71, 1865. (Philadelphia, Pa.) Limnea traski TRyON, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1863, p. 149, pl. 1, fig. 13, 1863. —BinNEy, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., II, p. 60, fig. 94, 1865.—TRYON, Mon. Limn., p. 119, pl. 17, fig. 3 (not p. 96, nor fig. 2), 1872. (Mountain Lake, near San Francisco, Calif.) Not Z. fraskii Lea, 1864, nor L. Jroxima Lea, 1856. fange.— Pleistocene marls of Franklin, New Jer- sey ; of Anticosti Island! of Ottawa, Canada! and of the left bank of the Yukon River, Alaska, below old Fort Yukon! Recent, at the Grand Rapids of the Saskatchewan River, near Lake Winnipeg! Grind- . 52. Lym- ; BGs 5217 8a Metone Creek, Nebraska! Centre City, Pennsylvania ! nea galbana i rs Say var. phila- Vancouver, Columbia River! and near Monterey, delphica Lea. California! Alaska (von Martens); Attawapiskat River, S. E. Keewatin! (McInnes). This small species has the spire acute and short, the last whorl dis- proportionately swollen and usually shouldered. It appears to have flourished during the melting of the glacial ice, and to the muddy waters of the period its peculiarities may be due. The recent form seems less abnormal on the average. There are two species which have been called traskzz7—the pres- ent one, with which Tryon afterward mistakenly united Z. proxima Lea, a much larger species; and ZL. traskzz Lea, later called ¢ryonz and tryontana by Dr. Lea, which is a Stagnicola. Lymnza (Galba) holbolli (Beck) Méller. Fic. 53. Lym- Limnea (Limnophysa) holbolli BEcK, Index, p. 111, 1838; @a holbollt. nude name. Greenland. Lymnea holbolli MOLLER, Index, Moll. Gronl., p. 5, 1842. Limnea holbolli Mércu, Am. Journ. Conch., Iv, p. 36, pl. Iv, fig. 8, 1868. Range. — Godhaab, Greenland. This has the appearance of a large Z. trumcatula, but may be merely a depauperate variety of the next species. Lymnza (Galba) vahlii (Beck) Moller. Limnea (Limnophysa) vahlii Beck, Index, p. 111, 1838; nude name. Greenland. Limne@a vahlii MOLLER, Index, Moll. Groénl., p. 4, 1842. Limnea (Limnophysa) vahlit MORcH, Am. Journ. Conch., Iv, p. 34, pl. Iv, figs. 1-7, 1868. FAMILY LYMNEID/E 75 Limnea (Limnophysa) senegalensis BECK, Index, p. 111, 1838 (nude name), fide MORCH, of. cit., p. 35, footnote. Limnea grinlandica (BECK, MS.) Jay, Cat. Coll., 1850, p. 269, No. 62098. — MOrcH, of. cit., p. 33. Limnea millert BECK, Naturf. Vers. Kiel, p. 123, No. 4, nude name.—GERSrT- FELDT, Land and Sussw. Conch. Sibiriens, p. 37, 1859. Lymnea pingelii (BECK) MOLLER, Index Moll. Gronl., p. 5, 1842. — MOrcu, Am. Journ. Conch., Iv, v. 35, 1868, e¢ vars. nitida et solidula et malleata Morch, @. ¢. Lymnea wormskioldi Beck, Naturf. Vers., Kiel, p. 123, No. 7, nude name. — Mo6rcu, Am. Journ. Conch., Iv, p. 35, pl. rv, fig. 6, 1868. Limnea vahlii var. leucostoma Moxcu, Prod. Moll. Grénl., p. 4, No. 11 8; also var. minor MORCH, Am. Journ. Conch., Iv, p. 34, 1868. Limnea vahlii var. elongata MOLLER (MS.), in Mérch, Am. Journ. Conch., Iv, p. 40, pl. Iv, fig. 1, 1868. Limnea arctica LEA, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v1, p. 160, pl. xxrv, fig. 75, 1866. Hudson Bay. Range. — Greenland to Alaska and south to Minnesota and British Columbia. Ft. Resolution! and Ft. Rae, Great Slave Lake! Moose River, at Moose Factory, Hudson Bay! Greenland (many localities) | Ungava, Labrador! Weatoga, Canada! Minnesota (Lapham) ! Stewart and Fic. 54. Lymnea vahliti Miller. Fic. 55. Lymnea vahiii var. pingeltt (Typical.) Moller. Dall Rivers, north of the Yukon, Alaska! St. Michaels, Norton Sound, Alaska! headwaters of the Yukon in Lakes Bennett, Marsh, and Lindeman! Loring, Southeastern Alaska, on Behm Canal! Shawnigan Lake, British Columbia! Headwaters of the Liard River in Lakes Finlayson and Frances! Hannah Bay near Moose Factory ! Making the usual allowances for variation, this is a fairly well dis- criminated species, which frequently has been identified as Z. des¢di- osa, palustris, etc. The largest are more fragile, smaller and paler than Z. palustris, and not especially similar to it. I have had the advantage of being able to consult a very large series of authentically named Greenland shells, received from Mérch and others, as well as the fine Arctic series in the National Museum. Most of the specimens are microscopically wrinkled on the surface, like Z. palustris, but this character is not absolutely constant. 96 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Lymnea (Stagnicola) palustris Miiller. Buccinum palustre MULLER, Verm. Terr., 1, p. 131, 1774. Limneus palustris Drap., Hist., p. 52, pl. ul, figs. 4o-42, ul, figs. 1-2, 1805. Stagnicola communis LEACH, in Jeffreys, Linn. Trans., XVI, 1, p. 376, 1830.— RGOSSMASSLER, Icon., I, p. 96, figs. 51, 52, 1835.— TuRTON, Man., p. 121, 1831.—Gray’s Turton, p. 237, 1840.—Leacu, Syn. Moll. Gt. Brit., p. 103, 1852. Limneus elodes Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., u, p. 169, 1821; Am. Conch., Iv, pl. xxxI, fig. 3, 1832. Limnea elodes GOULD, Inv. Mass., p. 221, figs. 146-7, 1841. Fic. 56, a-(, Lymnea palustris Miiller vars. Fic. 56, g. var. rowedli Lea from Pacific Coast. Limnea fragilis HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 20, pl. vi, pl. xv, fig. 1, 1842 ; not of Linné. Limnea nuttalliana LEA, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 0, p. 33, 1841.— BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 1, p. 45, fig. 6, 1865. Limnea expansa HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 29, pl. Ix, figs. 6-8, 1842 (patho- logic mutation). Limn@ea haydent LEA, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 166, 1858.— BINNEY, op. cit., p. 44, fig. 59, 1865 (pathologic mutation). Limnea plebeta GOULD (nude name), in Adams, Am. Journ. Scit)Xiyip. 268: Limnea proxima LEA, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v1, p. 80, 1856.— BINNEY, of. cit., p. 48, fig. 67, 1865. Range.—Circumboreal. Northern United States and Canada. Manitoba: Lake Winnipeg; Saskatchewan River! Lake of the Woods; Red River of the North! Pem- bina; Turtle Mt.; Carberry. York Factory! Kee- ate at > Satya a Sarin Richey: Wee watin. Ungava! Labrador. Alberta: Laggan ; Egg nea palustris Lake; Red Deer; McLeod; Olds. English River, var. xutfalliana. Keewatin! Moose Factory, Keewatin; Slave River, 25 miles below Peace River! Great Slave Lake at Fort Resolution! Fort Smith, Mackenzie River! Upper Mackenzie River ! Great Bear Lake ; Anticosti Island; Cypress Hills! Assiniboia. FAMILY LYMNEIDZE vile | California ! Oregon! Seattle, Wash.! Sumas Lake, British Colum- bia; Vancouver Island! headwaters of the Yukon! Lake Marsh! Lake Lindeman! Old Fort Yukon, Alaska! Saccatalontan and Nu- lato! Lower Yukon, and in the Yukon delta! Dall River! north of the Yukon in Alaska. Point Romanof, Norton Sound, Alaska! Avacha Bay, Kamchatka ! etc. This well known species is almost universally distributed in the quiet waters of boreal America, and in the Pleistocene marls. The distinctions which have been relied on to separate ZL. haydeni Lea, and Z. expansa Haldeman, are due to pathologic mutations. Z. nuttalliana and proxima Lea, are trivial varieties. Lymnea (Stagnicola) reflexa Say. Lymneus reflexus SAY, Journ, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 167, 1821 ; Am. Conch., Iv, pl. xxx1, fig. 2, 1832 (Lakes Erie and Superior). Limneus elongatus Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 167, 1821; not of Draparnaud, 1805. Limneus umbrosus Say, Am. Conch., Iv, pl. 31, fig. 1, 1832 (new name for elomgatus Say). Limnea exilis Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., v, p. 114, pl. XIX, fig. 82, 1837 (pathologic mutation). Range.— Northern United States and Canada. Prairie Lake, near Red River of the North; and Beaver Creek, Manitoba. This species barely crosses the boundary and may : Fic. 58. Lym- be one of those captured by the northward drainage ie os n@a refiexa Say. when the headwaters of the Mississippi were inter- rupted and turned northward by the changes in the land levels of this region which have been elucidated by the late General G. k. Warren. Lymneza (Stagnicola) catascopium Say. Lyninea catascopium Say, Nicholson's Encycl., Am. ed., 11 (no pagination), pl. 2, fig 3, 1817 (Delaware River). Lymneus catascopium Say, Am. Conch., vi, pl. 55, fig. 2, 1832. Lymnea cornea VALENCIENNES, in Humboldt and Bonpland, Rec. d’obs. de Zool., Il, p. 251, 1832. Limnea sumasst BAIRD, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1863, p. 68. — BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 0, p. 43, fig. 57 (not fig. 56), 1865 (British Columbia). Range.— L. catascopium* Northern United States to the Rocky Mountains, Canada and northward; var. szmass¢: Idaho, Washing- ton and British Columbia. Ottawa, Canada! Ungava, Labrador! Lake Winnipeg, Manitoba ! Hudson Bay drainage of Keewatin! Moose River at Moose Factory, 78 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Hudson Bay! Fort Resolution, Great Slave Lake! Winisk, Kawino- gans, and Attawapiskat Rivers, S. E. Keewatin! (McInnes). Fic. 59. Lymnaea catascopium Say, var. Fic. 60. Lymnea catascopium Say sumasst Bd. (British Columbia). (Delaware). Var. sumassi: Snake River, Idaho! Lake Washington, Seattle! Sumas Prairie, British Columbia. Quite variable and frequently confounded with Z. adeline, L. buli- motdes, L. solida, etc. The Pacific Coast form is quite close to the typical form of the species, but is thinner, less uniform, and some- times larger. Binney’s figure 57 is made from a specimen probably of a rather swollen variety of palustris. *Lymneza (Stagnicola) adeline Tryon. Limnea adeline Tryon, Mon. Limn., p. 82 (108), pl. xvi, fig. 6, 1872 (San Francisco, Calif.). Range. — California to Vancouver Island, B. C. A small species, recalling Z. dudémotdes rather than catascopium, and perhaps identical with Lea’s original dz/zmozdes, as indicated by his types, but not with Z. ftechella Haldeman, which is very generally labelled 6z¢- motdes. Fic. 61. Lym- Lymnaea (Stagnicola?) perpolita n. sp. Plate 1, n@a adeline. figs 6.8 OS: Shell small, translucent, dark amber color, with a darker line at resting stages; smooth, except for fine lines of growth, brilliantly polished; whorls four, tumid, rapidly increasing, separated by a pro- nounced suture; spire short, rather obtuse; aperture ovate, longer than the spire, with a very thin wash of callus on the spire, the pillar lip slightly reflected, with a small perforate umbilicus behind it ; pillar straight, with no twist or fold, outer lip thin, sharp. Length of shell 11; of aperture 7; breadth of shell 8.5; of aperture 4.5 mm. Range. — Nushagak, Bristol Bay, Alaska. This shell is so elegantly polished that it may be an Amphzpeplea. It has the rich dark amber color of some Succineas. I haye seen but FAMILY LYMN EIDE 79 one specimen, but some young shells from Sonoma Co., Calif., col- lected by Hemphill, may belong to it. The latter are proportionally stouter and are of a pale straw color. The polish of the suriace and the straight pillar are alike in both, yet I hesitate to unite them. No other American species has an equally polished surface so far as I have observed. Lymneza (Stagnicola) bulimoides Lea. Limnea bulimoides LEA, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 1, p. 33, 1841; Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., 1x, p. 9, 1844. — HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 44, pl. x11, figs. 9, 10, 1842, — BINNEY, of. cit., p. 61, fig. 96, 1865 (Oregon). Range.—Oregon, California, Texas, New Mexico, Dakota, the United States west of the Mississippi (and northward ?) Oregon ! (Nuttall) Columbia River near Fort Van- couver, Wash. ! Moose Rivei at Moose Factory, Hud- son Bay (Drexler) ? This species has been generally confounded with Z. techella Haldeman, which seems to be distinct, having a more stumpy Fic. 62. Lym- newa_ bulimoides Lea. (Typical. ) form and larger umbilicus, recalling, as Binney observes, his Budi- mulus pilula. According to Lea’s types, very few of the localities cited for this species, away from the Pacific Coast, are reliable. I sus- pect the shell from Hudson Bay, collected by Drexler, is a young ca¢a- Scoptum or caperata and not the true dulimotdes. Lymnza (Stagnicola) caperata Say. Lymneus caperatus SAy, New Harmony Disseminator, 11, p- 230, 1829. Limnea caperata HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 34, pl. XI, figs. 1-9, 1842. Limnea umbilicata ADAMS, Am. Journ. Sci., XXXIXx, p- 374, 1840; Boston Journ. N. Hist., 11, p. 325, pl. 11, fig. 14, 1840. ——GouLp, Inv. Mass., p. 218, fig. 149, 1841. FRange.— Northern United States, west to the Rocky Mountains and northward. Manitoba ; at Pine Creek, Pembina, and Lake Win- nipeg. Alberta; at Red Deer and McLeod. The lower Saskatchewan near Lake Winnipeg. Hudson Fic. 63. Lym- Bay drainage at Moose Factory. I feel strong doubts nea caperata. as to the validity of this species, which may prove entirely heterogeneous. Lymneza (Stagnicola) anticostiana n. sp. Plate 11, figs. 4, 5. Shell acute, slender, with a blunt reddish nucleus and seven well- rounded whorls; suture deep, the whorls slowly enlarging; the last 80 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS whorl subcompressed laterally ; aperture elongate-ovate, about 23 times its length being equal to the length of the shell ; margin thickened, and continuous over the body, reflected over an umbilical chink behind the pillar but not quite closing it; pillar with a marked fold; surface with close-set fine axial elevated lines in harmony with the lines of growth, and crossed by microscopic revolving striz which sagrinate the surface ; there are also malleations, obscure sparse revolving ridges, etc., on in- dividual specimens. Length of shell 19; aperture 7.0; max. diam. 7.0, of aperture 4.5 mm. Range.— Pleistocene marl of Marl Lake, Anticosti Island (Sir William Logan and Dr. J. Schmitt). Recent? This interesting species resembles somewhat L. deszdzosa, to which it has usually been referred, but it has two more whorls and a more slender and elevated spire, and in most specimens a more parallel-sided aperture. Iam unable to say whether it occurs in the recent state, but the numerous specimens I have seen are all fossils. Dr. Lea had labelled his specimens ‘ Z. acuta Lea,’ doubtless forgetting his own species of the same name, which is a very different shell. UNCERTAIN SPECIES. There are several nude names in the literature which cannot be iden- tified and yet may puzzle the student who is unaware that they have not been described. Of such are Z. fossaria J. de C. Sowerby (1836), in Richardson’s Fauna Boreali Americana; Z. fetztz¢ Beck (1838), listed from Newfoundland in his ‘ Index’; and Z. ofaczma Bell (1858), listed in the Annual Report of the Canadian Geological Survey. Genus Planorbis Miiller. Planorbis PETIVER, Gazophyl. Nat. et Artis Dec., p. 16, tab. Io, fig. 11, 1702 (not binomial). The species figured is He/ix Planorbis Linné, Fauna Suecica, p. 527, 1761.—GUETTARD, Mém. Acad. Roy. des. Sci. (1756), p- 151, 1762 (not binomial), first sp. Plan. brun., after Lister, Anim. Angl., p. 143, pl. u1, fig. 26 (= Helix corneus Linné).— GEOFFROY, Traite Som. des Coq. Fluv. Paris, pp. 81, 84, 1767 (not binomial), § 1, He/ix cornea Linné ; /é¢d., translation by Martini, Niirnberg, pp. I0, 75, 1767. Coretus ADANSON, Hist. Sénégal, p. 7, 1757 (not binomial), sp. figured re- sembles P. parvis Say. < Planorbis MULLER, Verm. Terr., I, p. 152, 1774, no type selected ; Prodr. Zool. Dan., pp. Xxx, 238, 1775.— BruGuiERE, Enc. Méth., 1, p. XvI, 1789, nude name.— BotTen, Mus. Bolt., p. 51, 1798.— LAMARCK, Pro- drome, p. 76, 1799; Syst. des An. s. Vert., p. 93, 1801. —DRAPARNAUD, Tabl. Coq. Terr. et Fluv., pp. 30, 42, 1801.— SCHUMACHER, Essai, p. 255, 1817; not of Perry, 1811. =Flanorbis MONTFORT, Conch. Syst., 1, p. 270, 1810, selects as type P. corneus L. FAMILY LYMN/EIDZE 81 Orbis SCHROTER, Journ. Steinr. u. Konch., 11, p. 10, 1776, an error of cita- tion for Planorbis Argenville. Vortex Anonymous in Mus. Calonn., p. 58, 1797, Hedix cornea Linné. Not Vortex Oken, 1815. < Anisus STUDER, Syst. Verz., p. 23, 1820 (= /lanorbis +- Physa). ‘> Anisus FITzinGER, Verz., p. 111, 1833; not of Dujardin, 1821. ? Cornu SCHUMACHER, Essai, p. 255, 1817, not of Born, 1778. > Spiralina HARTMANN, Syst. Uebers., tab. 1840. (Nude name.) No type cited. Planorbarius DUMERIL, Zool. Anal., p. 164, 1806. Coretus GRAY (not Adanson), P. Z. S., 1847, p. 180, P. corneus L.— Mrs. Gray, Figs. Moll. An., rv, p. 119, 1850.— Moquin TAnpDon, Moll. Terr. et Fluv., 11, p. 423, 1855.—Gray’s Turton’s Man., ed. 11, p. 233, 1857. Spirodiscus STEIN, Schn. u. Muscheln Berlins, p. 73, 1850.—M6rcu, Vidensk. Meddels. Kjobn., 1864, p. 309. —- WESTERLUND, Acta Soc. Fauna Fen- nica, x11I, No. 7, p. 112, 1897; Acta Acad. Sci. Slav. Merid., Zagrabiz, CLI, p. 120, 1902; S. corneus (Linné). Tropidiscus \WESTERLUND, Fauna Pal. Reg., v, p. 65, 1885, not of Stein ; Acta. Acad. Sci. Slav. Merid., Zagrabiz, CLI, p. 120, 1902; Helix plan- orézs Linné. ? Caillaudia BouRGUIGNAT, Hist. Mal. de l'Abyssinié, p. 128, 1883; Ist sp. C. angulata Bourg., pl. vit, figs. 49-52, of. cf. WESTERLUND, Acta Acad. Sci. Slav. Merid., Zagrabia, CLI, p. 139, Ig02 (a deformed or monstrous form of /Vanorbis). Subgenus Planorbis s.s. Type Planorbis corneus Miller. (Synonymy of the group given under the generic name.) Section PLANORBINA Haldeman. Planorbina HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., Physade, p. 14, 1842, no type cited. Menetus FISCHER, Man., p. 509, 1883; P. guadeloupensis Sowerby ; not Menetus Adams, 1855. Anisus GRay, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 181; P. olivaceus Spix ; not Anzsus Studer, 1820, Subgenus Helisoma Swainson. Flelisoma SWAINSON, Malac., p. 337, 1840; P. bicarinatus Sowerby. Taphius H. and A. ApAms, Gen. Rec. Moll., 11, p. 262, 1855; P. andecolus Orbigny. ? Anisopsis SANDBERGER, Land u. Siissw. Conch. d. Vorwelt, p. 958, 1875 ; P. loryt Coq., and P. calculus Sandb., Jurassic. Section Przrosoma Dall, nov. Helisoma (sp.) Auct., not of Swainson ; P. ¢rivolvis Say. Section PLANORBELLA Haldeman. Planorbella HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., Physade, p. 14, 1842; P. campanulatus Say. 82 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Adula H. Apams, P. Z.S., 1861, p. 145; P. multivolvis Case, not Adula H. and A. Adams, 1857. Ancaus H. ADAMS, P. Z. S., 1869, p. 275 ; not Anceus Fauvel, 1863. Subgenus Tropidiscus Stein. Tropidiscus STEIN, Schn. u. Muscheln Berlins, p. 76, 1850; P. complanatus Stein (= marginatus Drap. + umbilicatus Miller). Trophidiscus H. and A. Apams, Gen. Rec. Moll., 1, p. 263, 1855, in synonymy. Anisus FITZINGER, Verz, p. 111, 1833, ex parte, not of Studer, 1820, nor Dujardin, 1821. Gyrorbis Moquin TANDON, Hist. Moll. Terr. et Fluv. de France, pp. 423, 428. 1885 (not of Fitzinger, 1833); . carvinatus Miiller; Gray’s Turton, new ed., p. 237, 1857. Tropodiscus SURBECK, Moll. Faun. Vierwaldstattensis, Rev. Suisse de Zool., VI, p. 435, 1899. > Tropidiscus WESTERLUND, Act. Soc. Fauna Fennica, XIII, p. 113, 1897, Ist sp. P. umbilicatus Miiller. > Diplodiscus WESTERLUND, of. cit., p. 115, 1897, Ist sp. P. vortex Linné. Section PARASPIRA Dall, nov. Spirorbis SWAINsSON, Malac., p. 337, 1840; PP. votundatus Poiret (+ P. vulgaris Swains.), not Spzrorbis Daudin, Vermes, 1800. Gyrorbis Morcu, Vidensk. Meddel. Kjéb., for 1863, p. 313, 1864, not of Fitzinger, 1833. Planorbis (sp.) AGAss1z, in Charpentier, Fauna Helv., p. 21, 1837. Anzsus (sp.) FITzINGER, Verz, p. 111, 1833; not of Studer, 1820. Subgenus Hippeutis Agassiz. Hippeutis AGASSIZ, in Charpentier, Fauna Helv., p. 22, 1837; P. complanatus Drap. (= P. foxtanus Lightfoot). — HARTMANN, Syst. Uebers., table, 1840; Erd.u. Sussw. Gast., pp. 51, 87, 1844. — GRAY, in Turton’s Man., ed. 11, p. 243, 1857.— M6rcu, Vidensk. Meddel., 1863, p. 316, 1864. Fiippeutes Mrs. GRAY, Figs. Moll. An., Iv., p. 119, 1859. Section Menetus H. and A. Adams. Menetus H. and A. ApaAms, Gen. Rec. Moll., 11, p. 262, 1855; no type selected (not of Chenu, 1869, or Fischer, 1883). — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 11, p. 125, 1865. Menetus DALL, Ann. Lyc. N. Hist. N. Y., Ix, p. 351, 1870; P. ofercularis Gould. — CLessin, Conch. Cab., ed. 11, XVII, p. 33, 1886. — WESTER- LuND, Act. Acad. Sci. Slav. Merid., Zagrabiz, CLI, p. 120, 1902, P. borssyé Pot. et Mich. Heterodiscus \WESTERLUND, of. cit., 1902, not of Sharp, 1886, Jusecta. P. libanicus Westerlund. Section DREPANOTREMA Crosse and Fischer. Drepanotrema C. and F., Miss. Sci. Mexique, 0, pp. 59, 75, pl. XXxIH, fig. 2, 1880; P. yzabalensis C. & F.; Fischer, Man., p. 509, 1883. FAMILY LYMN EIDE 83 Section BarHyompuatus Agassiz. Bathyomphatus AGassiz, in Charpentier, Fauna Helv., p. 20, 1837 ; P. contortus Drap. — HARTMANN, Syst. Uebers. Gast., table, 1840. — WESTERLUND Acta Acad. Sci. Slav. Merid., Zagrabiz, CLI, p. 120, 1902. Polygyrus GRAY, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 181; 2 contortus Miiller ; not of Beck, 1837, nor Polygyra Say, 1818. Bathyomphalus GRAY, in Turton, Man., 2d ed., p. 244, 1857. Discoidina STEIN, Schn. u. Muscheln LBerlins, p. 82, 1850; P. contortus Miller. Subgenus Gyraulus Agassiz. Gyraulus AGASSIZ, in Charpentier, Fauna Helvetica, p. 21, 1837; Ist sp. ?. hispidus Drap. (= a/bus Miller). — HARTMANN, Syst. Uebers., table, 1840; Gast., Vv, pp. 89, 95, 1844.— Moquin Tanpon, Hist. Moll. Terr. et Fluv., 11, p. 438, 1855. Planaria Brown, Ul. Conch. Gt. Brit., expl. pl. 51, figs. 48, 4942s, 1827 ; not Ylanaria Miller, 1776. Trochlea HALDEMAN, Am. Journ. Sci., XLII, p. 216, 1841. Giraulus MoQuIN TANDON, Hist. Moll. Terr. et Fluv. de France, 1, p. 423, 1855. Nautilina (pars) STEIN, Schn. u. Muscheln Berlins, p. 80, 1850. Gyrulus GRAY, in Turton, Man., 2d ed., p. 234, 1857, 2 syn. Gyraulus GRAY, op. cit., p. 234, 1857, P. albus Miiller.— WESTERLUND, Acta Acad. Sci. Slav. Merid., Zagrabize, CLI, p. 121, 1902. Section ArmicER Hartmann. Armiger HARTMANN, Syst. Uebers., table, 1840; Gast., v, p. 172, 1842 ; P. crista (L.).— WESTERLUND, Acta Acad. Sci. Slav. Merid., CLI, p. 121, 1902. Nautilina (sp.) STEIN, Schn. u. Muscheln Berlins, p. 81, 1850. Section Toraquis Dall, nov. Type P. parvus Say. (Lncerte sedis.) ? Section HerrerRopiscus Westerlund. Fleterodiscus \WESTERLUND, Rad. Jugoslav. Akad. (Acta Acad. Sci. Slav. Merid.), CLI, p. 120, Zodl. Rec., XL, 1903, Moll., p. 63. Type Planordbis fibanicus Westerlund. Not Heterodiscus Sharp, Insecta, 1886. ? = Planorbina HALDEMAN, 1842, q. Vv. The genus Panordzs is frequently ascribed to Guettard or Geoffroy, neither of whom accepted (in the papers where this name appears) the Linnean nomenclature. If we are to cite non-Linnean authors we must go back much further, for Petiver used the name in 1702 for a species which Linné afterward named Helix spzrorézs. Another non-Linnean name is Corefus of Adanson, which he applied to a minute species an eighth of an inch in greatest diameter. Gray in 1847, by some error cites Planorbis corneus as Adanson’s type, which 84 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS is, of course, absurd. The first author to introduce /Planxoré7s to binomial literature was O. F. Miller, but as he used it, it was applicable to all aquatic Pulmonates with filiform tentacles, thus including Physa. Cuvier in 1798 cited three species, of which P. cormeus was the first and P. cornu-artetis the second. In 1799 Lamarck cited the second species, and repeated this citation in 1801. But P. cornu-ardetis, of which the soft parts and operculum were then unknown, does not agree with Lamarck’s diagnosis and cannot be accepted as a type of the genus Planorézs. Draparnaud names no types, and only in 1810 does Montfort establish definitely the type of the genus as P. corneus. Subsequent selection of other types by later authors is, of course, of no effect. Azésws Studer was an exact synonym of Planorbzs Miil- ler, not Montfort, but Fitzinger, in 1833, made an effort to retain the name fora section of the true Planorbes. It is probable, however, that the name, which was intended to comprise two older genera already named, should be entirely eliminated from accepted nomenclature, as a gross violation of the rules. At any rate the name was used for a beetle by Dujardin in 1821, and no subsequent use of it is advisable for Mollusks. Little is known of the anatomical characteristics of the various species, but much similarity is noted among those for which data are available. As to the shells, a wide variation is observable in form and sculpture, though as usual the peripheral species grade toward each other in the several groups. The great majority of the species present the peculiarity of the whorls rising above the original apex, which becomes basal, the shell (apparently sinistral) thus becoming what has been called ultra-dextral. The most obvious characters of the latter may be contrasted as follows : Subgenus Plaxordzs s.s. Shell discoid, ultra-dextral, large, with a moderate number of gradually enlarging whorls rounded above and below ; the aperture slightly and gradually expanded, with its margin simple and sharp. Type P. cornzeus Miiller. Section Planorbina Haldemann. Shell like Plaxordés s.s. but verti- cally compressed, with smaller and more numerous whorls and a very oblique aperture. Type P. o/évaceus Spix. Subgenus He//soma Swainson. Shell of moderate size, few whorled, the whorls carinate above and below and rapidly enlarging; spire and base funicular, aperture suddenly expanded, with a thickened peritreme. Type P. d¢cartnatus (Say) Sowerby. There is no doubt that Sowerby’s and Say’s species are identical. I am unable to find distinctive characters in figures or diagnoses which FAMILY LYMNZIDZ 85 would differentiate Zaphiws Adams from //el¢ésoma; and Anisopsés Sandberger, from the Jura, is very similar, though the aperture is not preserved in the fossils and may have been simple. Section Prerosoma Dall Shell large, high, with few transversely sculptured whorls; the early whorls carinate and flattened above, funicular below; in the adult the flattened apex is usually depressed below the upper level of the ultimate whorl; the aperture is suddenly expanded and thickened. Type P. ¢trzvolvis Say. Section Planorbella Haldeman. Like Hel¢soma but smaller, with more numerous whorls, with the last whorl strongly constricted behind a campanulate aperture ; a flattish or even slightly convex upper sur- face; the base funicular. Type P. campanulatus Say. The P. multivolvis Case differs from the type of P/anorbella chiefly by its more numerous and closely coiled early whorls. In both a second year’s growth shows a varix due to the retention of the aper- ture of the preceding year. Two preoccupied names were applied to P. multivolvis by Adams, but a study of specimens leads to the con- clusion that its separation is unwarranted. Subgenus Zropfzdiscus Stein. Shell depressed, the adult periphery angular or carinate, the aperture oblique, slightly expanded, simple. Type P. wmébzlicatus Miller (+ P. complanatus Stein). Section Zropidiscus s.s. Shell moderately large and with compara- tively few rapidly increasing whorls of which the junior portions are not keeled. Type P. umézlicatus Miiller. This subgenus was called ‘ Gyroré¢s Agassiz,’ by Moquin Tan- don, but Agassiz never proposed any such genus or group, the name Gyrorbzs having been applied to a subdivision of Valvata by Fitz- inger. Moquin Tandon’s error was copied by Gray, and later by Westerlund, who, still later, having become aware that Fitzinger’s name existed, proposed for the group already named by Stein, the name Drplodiscus ; which naturally becomes a synonym of 7Zyof?- discus Stein. Nevertheless, since Westerlund arranged his really typical * Gyroréés’ under Trofidiscus, and grouped under his new name the species of which P. vortex is an example (though without mentioning any type) and gave a suitable diagnosis, it may not be stretching the rules of nomenclature too far to retain his name for the following section. Section Dyplodiscus Westerlund (restricted). Shell small, with numerous slowly enlarging whorls keeled or angulate from the beginning. Type P. vortex Linné, 86 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Section Paraspira Dall, nov. Shell resembling Dzplodiscus, but with the whorls rounded throughout, and the aperture simple, hardly expanded. Type P. rotundatus Poiret. Subgenus //7ppeuti?s Agassiz. Shell small, lenticular, with a small number of rapidly increasing whorls, the last enveloping a large part of the preceding whorl; apex slightly depressed, base with a narrow umbilicus, aperture oblique, with a thin sharp margin. Type P. fontanus Lightfoot, European. Section Drepanotrema Crosse and Fischer. Shell resembling /7/A- peutis, but less depressed, the whorls with a rounded periphery widest at the base, giving a domelike profile, umbilicus variable, from narrow to very wide. Type P. yzabalens¢s C. and F. This group occurs in the Antilles, Mexico, Central and South America, where it represents the Palearctic Wzppeutzs. Section A/enetus H. and A. Adams. Like Azpfeutds, but the last whorl not enveloping the preceding whorls to any marked extent. Type Planorbis opercularis Gould. Section Lathyomphalus Agassiz. Shell like Drepanotrema, but with numerous closely coiled whorls, a flattish summit with the periphery nearer to it than to the base, the umbilicus moderate, exposing less of the coil than the summit shows. Type P. contortus Drap. Subgenus Gyraulus Agassiz. Shell small, flattish, with few, rapidly increasing whorls, fully exposed above and below, with a nearly median periphery, spirally striate and hispid; aperture simple, sharp-edged, oblique. Type Planorézs albus Miller. Section Zorguzs Dall, zov. sect. Like Gyraulus s.s. but with more rounded, less rapidly increasing whorls, not hispid or spirally striate, the aperture expanded and slightly thickened in the adult. Type P. parvus Say. Section Armiger Hartmann. Shell small, with few, rapidly increas- ing, costate whorls, the coste projecting at the periphery ; the form in a general way like Gyraulus. A discussion of the species follows. *Planorbis (Planorbina) glabratus Say. Planorbis glabratus Say, Journ, Acad. Nat. Sci., I, p. 280, 1818 (South Carolina). Planorbis lentus Say, Am. Conch., v1, pl. tv, fig. 1, 1834 (New Orleans). This species is by no means always polished, and on a dull speci- men of it I believe the later P. /enwtus Say to have been founded, though the latter name has been widely misapplied to senile specimens FAMILY LYMN1D4& 87 of ¢rivolvzs such as occur in the north and east, if not throughout the range of the latter. Planorbis (Helisoma) bicarinatus Say. Planorbis bicarinatus Say, Nicholson's Encycl., 1st ed., vol. 11 (no pagina- tion), No. 2, pl. 1, fig. 4, 1817 (Lake Erie) ; not of Lamarck, 1822. — BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 123, fig. 205, 1865. Helix engonata RACKETT, 1822; + Planorbis engonatus CONRAD, 1834. Range. — The United States east of the Rocky Mountains ; east- ern Canada. Lake Superior to Lake Winnipeg! Lake Manitoba; Moose Fac- tory, Hudson Bay! the lower Saskatchewan River at Grand Rapids ! Knee Lake, Keewatin! Portland, Oregon! Yaqui River, W. Mexico! Wy) This well defined species has probably been carried 4 & down stream from the sources of the Columbia River, in the same manner as some other east American spe- cies. It cannot be regarded as permanently estab- lished on the Pacific slope, as yet. It varies consider- Fic. 64. Plan- ably in size, and for exceptionally developed specimens , 1 orbis btcartna- from Benzie Co., Mich., Walker has proposed the : Fj tus Say. varietal name major. Planorbis (Pierosoma) corpulentus Say. Planorbis corpulentus Say, Long's Exp., u, p. 262, pl. xv, fig. 9, 1824 (not of Binney e¢ a/.)—Bryanr WALKER, Nautilus, x11, No. 12, April, 1900, pp. 133-138. Range.—Northern Ontario from Lake Simcoe to Rainy Lake, Lake of the Woods, Winnipeg River and Lake! to Vermilion Lake, Lat. 56° 30’, in Athabaska. Knee Lake, Keewatin! Isle 4 Lacrosse Lake! and English River! Rat Portage; northern Michigan and Minnesota. ae” This well marked species was unknown to Binney, Fic. 65. Plax- and has been united mistakenly with ¢r7zvolv/s and orbis corpulen- a : others. It belongs to the colder northeastern portion us ay. Be of the continent and its complete range is yet un- known. It has not been identified from the region west of the Rockies. Mr. Walker’s note on this species may be consulted with profit. Planorbis (Pierosoma) binneyi Tryon. Planorbis binneyt Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., I, p. 197, 1867.— HALDE- MAN, Mon. Limn., 19, pl. 11, figs. 7-9, 1844.—BiNNEy, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 0, p. 103, fig. 175, 1865. 88 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Range.— West of the Rockies and east of the Cascade Mountains on the Pacific slope. Oregon (Nuttall) ; Lewis or Snake River, Oregon! Clear Lake, Calif.! In British Columbia in eastern Kootenai Lake, Lake Siniak- wateen, and Osoyoos Lake! As pointed out by Binney, this is quite distinguishable from any form of ¢rzvolvis ; it differs from the true corpulentus, with which it was long confounded, in its sparser and less regular axial sculpture, larger and less campanulate aperture, and in the greater distance of the carina from the axis. Its whorls increase more rapidly than in P. traskit Lea, or even P. ammon Gould,‘ and its sculpture is markedly coarser and less regular than in either of the two last cited. It is not known north of British Columbia or east of the Rocky Mountains. Fics. 66, 67. Planorbis binneyt, showing animal and shell. Planorbis (Pierosoma) trivolvis Say. Flanorbts trivolvis Say, Nicholson's Encyc., 1st ed., II (no pagination), pl. 11, fig. 2, 1817; Am. Conch., vI, pl. 54, fig. 2, 1834 (French Creek, Lake Erie). Flanorbis macrostomus \WHITEAVES, 1863 (abnormal) ; + P. Zentus Gould, and many other writers, but not of Say; + / tumens various California writers. Planorbis subcrenatus CARPENTER, P. Z.S., 1856, p. 220. Range. — The typical form belongs to the entire Atlantic drainage of North America and the Mississippi Valley and northward to the Etchimamish River. English River, Keewatin; Lake Winnipeg, Manitoba; Cypress Hills! Assiniboia; Prairie Lake, Red River of the North!; the Saskatchewan River, Laggan, Egg Lake, Red Deer, McLeod, and Olds, Alberta; Lake Isle Lacrosse, Athabaska; Great Slave Lake, at Fort Resolution! and the Mackenzie River at old Fort Simp- 1These two species, judged by their types, which are before me, are suffi- ciently distinct from any of those which have been confounded with them. In- deed the true P. traskiv from Kern Lake, Calif., is one of the most remarkable species in our fauna. It was also found by me at Stockton, Calif., and seems to have been unknown, autoptically, to Binney. FAMILY LYMN AIDA 89 son! (N. Lat. 62°). We have it from Moose Factory! the Slave River 25 miles below Peace River! Lake Winnipeg! the Grand Rapids of the Saskatchewan River! and hundreds of more southern localities. The variety swbcrenatus Carpenter (Oregon, Nuttall) occurs in British Columbia west of the Cascades ; being, according to J. K. Lord, replaced east of them by P. dcxneyz. We have it from the Puget Sound drainage! Lake La Hoche! and Sumas Lake, B. C.! A distorted variety (désjectus Cooper) is reported from Lake Tahoe, Calif., at a height of 6,247 feet above the sea. The young shell was described from Pueblo Val- ley, Oregon, by Tryon in 1865, as P. oregonen- s?s. In 1870 Cooper called the more common adult (but not senile) Fic. 68. Planor- bis trivolvis. form P. occ¢édentalis, and later confounded it with the Mexican P. tumens Cpr., and gave it a range in California from Kern Lake, Tulare Co., north to Puget Sound, and, in the coast drainage, to San Francisco Bay. There is a doubt as to whether Planorbis hornit Fic. 69. Planorbts trivolvis var. macrostomus Whiteaves. Tryon (1865), from ‘* Fort Simpson, British America,’ came from Fort Simpson on the Mackenzie River, or Fort Simpson, British Columbia; but the figure looks more like the Pacific variety, of which it is probably only a mutation. We have specimens from various places in California, and Wallawalla, Wash., labelled P. horn? which are merely a depauperate form of swécrenatus. On the other hand, from the Dall River, a northern affluent of the Yukon in Alaska, in N. Lat. 66°, we have the typical form of ¢rzvolvés 90 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS stretching westward with the Yukon drainage! I have never seen any specimens corresponding exactly to Tryon’s figure of P. horniz, but the variations I have seen of P. subcrenatus often approach it so closely that I have little doubt of their identity. P. macrostomus seems, from an examination of the types, to be a form of ¢rzvolvis which has survived a year longer than usual, in a locality where it was not stinted in lime, resulting in a remarkably fine shell with richly colored aperture. Planorbis (Planorbella) campanulatus Say. Planorbis campanulatus Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 0, p. 166, Jan., 1821 (Cayuga Lake, N. Y.).— HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 9g, pl. 1, figs. 7-11, 1844. Planorbis bellus LEA, 1844 (immature shell) + P. complanatus Miller Christy, 1885. Range.— The type: New England to Tennessee, Florida and northward ; Anticosti Island! Lake Superior to the Saskatchewan; L. Winnipeg, Red River of the North, Nelson and English Rivers ; Moose Factory ! Great Slave Lake, N. Lat. 62°; Lake of the Woods! Variety rudentzs: Knee Lake, Hayes River, Kee- watin, N. Lat. 55° (E. A. Preble) ! This well known species is confined to the Atlantic, Mackenzie, and Hudson Bay watersheds, and has not Be been reported north of Great Slave Lake. So far latus Say. as the specimens examined go to show, it is rather re- markably uniform in its characters, the number of whorls remaining always about the same, though the actual size varies with the food supply and healthfulness of the environment. A form which may prove distinct, or a variety of this species, was collected by Mr. Preble at Knee Lake. The comparative measure- ments are: Whorls. Major Diam, Minor Diam. Axis. Type. 4-75 15.0 mm. II mm. 6.5 mm. Variety. 5-25 1755 14 6.0 Very similar specimens were obtained from Anticosti Island and from Marl Lake, Michigan, in which the coil is even more irregularly wound, a condition I take to be pathological. The most noticeable difference, after the axially shorter whorls and larger size, is in the umbilicus, which in the variety is, as it were, reamed out, exhibiting three and a half whorls ; while in the more compact type the umbilicus when examined with a lens shows only two and a half whorls, which FAMILY LYMN/EIDAE gi diminish in size much more rapidly than in the variety. The campan- ulate aperture is about the same size in both forms, but seems larger in the type because the rest of the shell is so much more tightly wound. The suture on the apical side seems deeper and wider than in the type. Nine specimens of the variety were obtained, and I sug- gest for it the name rudentzs, from the similarity of the whorls to a coiled hawser. Planorbis (Menetus) exacuous Say. Planorbis exacuous Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 168, Jan., 1821 (Lake Champlain) ; Long’s Exp. Rep., II, p. 261, 1824. Planorbis exacutus GOULD, Inv. Mass., p. 208, fig. 137, 1841. — HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 21, pl. Iv, figs. 1-3, 1844. Paludina hyalina LEA, 1839 (scalariform monstrosity). Range. —Northern United States, east of the Rockies; Canada, etc., south to New Mexico. Lake Superior to Lake Winnipeg! Manitoba generally ; Moose Factory, Hudson Bay! Left bank of the Yukon below Fort Yukon, Alaska, in Pleistocene marl (A. J. Collier) ! Variety megas Dall, zov.: Birtle, Manitoba (R. M. Christy). This species has a number of varieties both in size and form. The typical shell is of a pale brownish horn color, with a somewhat glisten- ing surface, rather rudely striated by the incremental lines, and with faint, almost microscopic, revolving strie. The form is lenticular, coming to an acute angle at the periphery. In 1863 I found in the vicinity of Marquette, Michigan, an unusually depressed brownish variety in which the peripheral keel was delicately serrate. In the northwestern part of its range the tendency is for the species to become whitish and of a larger size than the average New York or New England specimens. This reaches its maximum in specimens col- lected in Manitoba by Mr. R. Miller Christy, for which I propose the varietal name megas. The comparative measurements are as follows : Whorls. Max. Diam. Min. Diam. Axis. Type. 3193 4-7 mm. 3-7 mm. 1.0 mm. Variety. 3-75 7.8 6.0 2.0 The variety is of a slightly milky translucency; on the base the whorl is more or less impressed within the peripheral keel and the spiral striation is much more marked than in the typical form. Binney has united with this species Planxoréis lens Lea, 1839 (not Brongniart, 1810) = P. denticularis Lea, 1844 (not Schlotheim, 1818) = P. brongniartiana Lea, 1842; but an examination of Lea’s 92 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS cotypes, now in the National Museum, makes it evident that Dr. Gould was right in referring this form to P. dz/atatus Gould, 1841 (not Pfeiffer, 18417), or dzdatus Haldeman, 1844. To this latter form, in my opinion, should be united, as local races, P. duchanensis Lea, 1844, and P. alabamensis Pilsbry. The young of P. exacuous Say frequently approach dz/atatus, but the latter can usually be distin- guished by its axial height being greater, its columella more vertical, and the substance of the shell, especially in southern specimens, more thick and solid. The aperture of the adult d/atatus is usually dis- tinctly thickened by a deposit of callus, but in exacwous I have never observed more than a very thin wash of shelly matter around the open- ing. I have spelled the name of this species as Say did in two sepa- rate works ; as he gave no derivation it seems to me we have no right to correct his spelling on purely theoretical grounds. Planorbis (Menetus) opercularis Gould. Planorbis ofercularis GOULD, Proc. Boston Soc. N. Hist., u, p. 212, 1847; Moll. U. S. Expl. Exp., p. 113, Atlas, figs. 132, 132, a-d, 1852 (Sacra- mento River, Calif.). Flanorbis planulatus COOPER, Rep. Nat. Hist. Wash. Terr., p. 378, 1859 ; Pacific R. R. Rep., xu, p. 378.— Binney, Land and Fw. Shells N. Am., pt. 11, p. 126, fig. 209, 1865. Planorbis centervillensts TRYON, Mon. Fr. Univ. Moll. U.S., p- 57, flanorbis, pl. vu, figs. 7-9, 1872. Planorbis opercularis var. oregonensis VANATTA, Nautilus, IX, p. 53, Sept., 1895; not P. oregonensis Tryon, 1865. Pipes callioglyptus VANATTA, Nautilus, Ix, p. 54, 1895. See Fange.—San Francisco and northward, west of the Sierra Nevada. Type form: California! Oregon! Washington near Seattle ! Variety planulatus W. Cooper: Whidbey Island, el Puget Sound! Shawnigan Lake, Vancouver Island! Fic. 71. Plan- Seattle, Wash.! Freeport, Wash.! Victoria, B. C.! Dg PEG Fa EES Campbell’s Creek, B. C.! Pender Island, B. C.! Gould (typical). ‘ i : Atka Island, Aleutians, Alaska, near Korovin Bay ! Variety cenxtervillensis Tryon: Alameda, Calif.! Noyo River, Calif. ! San Leandro, Calif.! Oregon; Unalaska Island, Alaska ! Variety oregonensts Vanatta: Salem and Portland, Oregon! 1T learn through Prof. von Martens that Pfeiffer’s species was published in the double part v—vi, of the Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, either in the last part of 1841 or the early portion of 1842, so that Gould’s priority is certain. FAMILY LYMN-ZID/Z£ 93 This species is the analogue of P. exacwows Say on the Pacific Coast. The typical form from the Sacramento River and the vicinity of San Francisco Bay is quite lenticular, with the periphery marked by a (frequently marginated) keel. The shell itself is pale yellow or white under a rather strong periostracum, which is almost invariably more or less discolored by deposits GW of a brown or black color, The sculpture is like that — of exacuwous, the spiral sculpture being faint and Fic. 72. Plan- orbits opercularis var. Planulatus Cooper. sometimes absent in southern specimens, and tending to be emphasized in northern ones. As a rule the margin of the aperture is not thickened except in young specimens which haye been overtaken by drought or winter before maturity. The keel is generally, but not always, present in southern shells, but those from Oregon and northward show a tend- ency to form a shell either without a noticeable keel, or with the keel forming a margin to a plane upper surface, rather than a median carina. When compared with Cooper’s types in the National Museum Mr. Vanatta’s P. callioglyptus is seen to be identical. The variety ove- gonensis retains the typical form but has stronger spiral sculpture. I regard P, centervillensis of Tryon as a P. planulatus with the keel obsolete. What appear to be intergradational forms are numerous in the large series of the National Museum; though it would seem incred- ible to any one possessing only the extremes that they can belong to the same species. Planorbis (Gyraulus) hirsutus Gould. ? Planorbis albus MULLER, Verm. Terr. et Fluv., 11, p. 164, 1774. Planorbis hirsutus Goutp, Am. Journ. Sci., Xxxviul, p. 196, 1840; Inv. Mass., p. 206, pl. x1, fig. 135, 1841. Planorbis borealis (LovEN) WESTERLUND, Mal. BI., xx1t, p. 77, 1875. Range. — Washington, D. C.! northward, east of the Mississippi. Lake Superior ! Lake of the Woods ! Lake Winnipeg and the Saskatchewan River! Great , sp! Fic. 73. Plan- slave Lake! c = BS Bio cabtis Var. dorealis Westerlund: Port Clarence, Alaska. Gould. 2. Northern Sweden. This species appears to be common only in New England, if one may trust reports, and it is remarkable how few records there are of it in the literature of American fresh water shells. The shell is variable in form; from having, in what I have re- garded as the type, well rounded nearly cylindrical whorls, it varies to a form more or less depressed and carinate and with an oblique aper- 94 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS ture, which, when it has lost its hispid periostracum, can hardly be distinguished from the shell which is usually called deflectus of Say. This latter form, which, when in perfect condition, is fully as hairy as the typical Azrsutus, is apparently identical with the shell which European writers catalogue under the name draparnaudz or draparnaldi of Sheppard. In its best state this has a peripheral fringe of longer hairs than those elsewhere on the surface, beneath which is usually, but not always, a faint peripheral keel like that of P. deflectus Say, which is distinguishable, so far as the shell is con- cerned, only by its less profuse and hairy periostracum. I should not be at all surprised if the two were eventually shown to be extremes of one specific form, especially as I have been unable to find specimens of typical deflectus which do not somewhere exhibit traces of spiral stri- ation like that of P. Azrsutus. The identity of our American species with the so-called P. albus Miiller, of Europe, I do not doubt, but whether the name @/éus is the proper one to use for the latter is open to question, and on the present occasion I prefer to use a name about whose application no doubt can exist. The differences which have been reported to exist between the New England and the European shell are due to the comparison being made between discrepant varie- ties. Ifa series including all varieties from many different localities in Europe, be compared with a similar American series, parallels for each variation will be found. Planorbis borealis (Loven MS.) Westerlund, after specimens fur- nished by Westerlund, is merely a somewhat delicately sculptured mutation of this species. Planorbis (Gyraulus) deflectus Say. Planorbis deflectus Say, Long’s Exp. Rep., I, p. 261, pl. xv, fig. 8, 1824. — HaLpEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 25, pl. Iv, figs. 4-7, 1844 (N. W. Territory). Planorbis virens ADAMS, 1840; young shell. Planorbis obliquus DE Kay, 1843. Range.—In America the same as that of P. hzr- sutus. Ottawa, Canada! Lake of the Woods! Great Slave Lake ! Dall River, Alaska, Lat. 66° N.! Popof Island, Shumagins, Alaska (Kincaid) ! Fic. 74. Plan- orbits deflectus Say, ?. Doubtfully distinct from the preceding species. It differs chiefly from the variety draparnaud? by the feebleness or absence of the hispidity of the periostracum. The deflection of the aperture and the consequent form of the mouth of the shell are inconstant characters, FAMILY LYMN/EIDZE 95 although they have been called ‘ characteristic’ by the very authors whose evidence shows the inconstancy. Planorbis (Torquis) parvus Say. Planorbis parvus Say, Nicholson's Enc., 1st ed., 11 (no pagination), pl. 1, fig. 5, 1817.— HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 27, pl. Iv, figs. 19-23, 1844 (Delaware R.)— Binney, Landand Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 133, figs. 222- 223 (not 224), 1865. Planorbis concavus ANTHONY, MS., various catalogues. FPlanorbis elevatus C. B. ADAMS, Bost. Journ. N. Hist., 11, p. 327, pl. 11, fig. 16, 1840; young shell (S. Boston). Planorbis billingsi LEA, 1866, from types (Ottawa, Canada). ftange.—In America, the whole of eastern North America from Florida to N. Lat. 67°, and the Yukon drainage system. Ottawa, Canada! northward and westward to Lake Winnipeg ! the Saskatchewan River! Alberta at Laggan, Olds and McLeod; Mani- toba at Brandon and Birtle! Methy Lake; Moose Factory! Fort Simpson, Mackenzie River! Lake Bennett, Yukon Territory! Left bank of the Yukon below Fort Yukon, Alaska ! The most striking characteristic of this widespread species is its ‘reamed out’ umbilicus. 2. lémophilus Westerlund, its nearest European analogue, may be distinguished at once by its shallow and flattish umbilicus. It rarely shows any trace of spiral sculpture and, when clean, is brightly polished. In the last whorl of the adult the portion above the periphery is usually somewhat flattened or obliquely depressed. Planorbis (Torquis) vermicularis Gould. Planorbis vermicularis Gouin, Proc. Boston Soc. N. Hist., C2) II, p. 212, 1847; Moll. U.S. Expl. Exp., p. 112, pl., figs. 131, a—-d, 1852 (Oregon). G tes Range.—Northern California! Oregon! and Van- couver Island, British Columbia ! On comparison, the type of P. vermicular?s is seen to have vertically deeper whorls than a specimen of P. parvus of the same number and diameter. The aper- Fic. 75. Plan- ture is more expanded, and much larger, as one onoes : vermicu- would expect from the greater lumen of the whorl, {7% Gld- (mag- : i! : ‘ nified). Specimens from middle and southern California have a different aspect and may prove on more careful study to belong to P. parvus. They certainly do not agree with the Oregon shell, which, however, I have seen from Noyo, California. 96 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Planorbis (Torquis) nathorsti Westerlund. Yanorbis nathorsti WWESTERLUND, Vega Expd., Iv, p. 168, 1887. — PossELT, Consp. Fauna Gronl. Moll., p. 162, 1898. Aulatsivik, West Greenland (Sofia Expedition) ; Labrador (Storer). This species is said to approach /. arcticus, but has four anda half turns in a diameter of 3.5 mm., while the latter turns only three and a half times in 5.0mm. /. xathorstd has spiral as well as trans- verse striation. It has not been figured. Some specimens in the National Museum collected in Labrador ex- hibit about four turns in 3.5 mm. diameter, according to my calcula- tion, but so much personal equation enters into the estimation of the extent of the first whorl that I am inclined to think they belong to Westerlund’s species, in which case it is intermediate between parvus and arcticus, but without the excavated umbilicus of the former. Planorbis (Torquis) arcticus Moller. Planorbis arcticus (BECK, MS.) MOLLER, Index Moll. Grénl., p. 5, 1842.— M6rcu, Am. Journ. Conch., Iv, p. 32, pl. Iv, fig. 9, 1868.—Mo6rcu, in Rink’s Danish Greenland, p. 436, 1877. Lange. — West Greenland! Fort Chimo, Ungava, Labrador! Species with larger whorls, the last more expanded near the aper- ture, and with the sides of the umbilicus not excavated as in P. parvas Say. Planorbis (Torquis) umbilicatellus Cockerell. Planorbis umbilicatus TAYLOR, Journ. Conch., Iv, p. 351, 1885 ; not of Miil- ler, 1774. Manitoba. Planorbis umbilicatellus COCKERELL, Conch. Exch., 11, p. 68, Nov., 1887.— VANATTA, Nautilus, 1x, No. Io, p. 117, 1896. Range.— From Mesilla, New Mexico! northward, through Col- orado, Montana, Iowa, Minnesota, to Manitoba. Rapid City, Birtle, Brandon! in Manitoba; McLeod, Red Deer, Olds, Laggan, in Alberta. Planorbis (Armiger) crista Linné. Nautilus crista LINNE, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 709, 1758. Turbo nautileus LINNE, Syst. Nat., ed. XII, p. 1241, 1767. Planorbis imbricatus MULLER, Hist. Verm. Terr., 1, p. 165, 1774. Planorbis cristatus DRAPARNAUD, Hist., p. 44, pl. 11, figs. 1-3, 1805. Planorbis nautileus GRAY, Turton’s Man. Land and Fw. Shells, p. 236, pl. vill, fig. 94, 1857. Planorbis costatus DE TaR and BEECHER, leaflet of one page, Albany, Oct. 25, 1878. Planorbis crista WOODWARD, Brit. Nonmarine Moll., in Journ. Conch., X, p. 355, 1903. FAMILY LYMN£ID4& 97 Range. — Europe, Algeria, in the Old World; in America at Cari- bou, Aroostook Co., Maine! Hamilton and Ottawa, Canada; Ann Arbor, Michigan! Red Deer in Alberta; Manitoba. This small and inconspicuous species will doubtless be found in many other localities when thorough search is made. Genus Segmentina Fleming. Segmentina FLEMING (1817, Edin. Encycl., ed. vi, vol. xu, fide Turton Manual, p. 116, 1831); Brit. An., p. 279, 1828. Type Nautilus lacustris (Lightfoot) Montagu. — HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., Iv, p. 14, 1842.— STEIN, Schnecken u. Musch. EBerlins, p. 78, 1850. — WESTERLUND, Fauna Pal. Reg., v, p. 85, 1885. — WoopwarD, List. Brit. Nonmarine Moll., p. 355, 1903. Hlemtithalamus LEACH (1819), Proofsheets, p. 137, de Turton, Manual, p. 116, 1831.—FITZINGER, Syst. Verz., p. 110, 1833. — ROSSMASSLER, Icon., I, pt. 1, p. 15, 1835.—/. mztidus (MULLER) LEACH = P. lineatus Jeffreys. Segmentaria SWAINSON, Malac., p. 337, 1840 ; dapsus pro Segmentina Fleming. fiippeutis (sp.) AGASSIZ in Charpentier, Fauna Helvetica, p. 22, 1837. — HARTMANN, Syst. Uebers, tab., 1840. Dentatus GRAY, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 181, not of Beck, 1837, P. armatus Gray ; ? = P. armigerus Say + P. armiger Beck. > Planorbula HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., Iv, p. 14, 1842, P. armigerus Say. Discus HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., I, p. 4 of cover, July, 1840 (7. armigerus Say), not of Fitzinger, 1883. This genus was founded by Fleming on the Planorbis nitidus of Miiller, of which Zacustr¢s Lightfoot, is a synonym. I have not been able to verify the reference to the Edinburgh Encyclopedia. Leach’s name was circulated in proof sheets, but not actually published or cited by other authors until after Fleming’s description appeared. Beck called a group of Planorbes ‘Denfatz’ but applied no name to the group, and the transformation by Gray to ‘ Dentatus,’ as if it had been in- tended for a generic or subgeneric name, seems quite unwarranted. The genus may be divided into three groups as follows : Subgenus Segmentinas.s. Base flattened, coil close, margin of the aperture simple, sharp; lamella ridgelike, several sets persistent in the adult. Type P. xztédus Miiller. Palearctic region. Subgenus Plaxorbula Haldeman. Whorls rounded, coil loose, mar- gin of the aperture simple, sharp, slightly expanded; lamelle denti- form, only one set persistent in the adult. Type, P. armigerus Say. Nearctic region. Haldemanina Dall, n. sect., whorls carinate above and below, margin of aperture thickened and reflected; lamelle complex, dentiform and ridgelike, one series persistent in the adult. Type, Planordi's wheatleyi Lea. Coosa drainage of Alabama. 98 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS The lamellation of Segmentina is composed of irregular undulate ridges, radiating from the axis of the shell. In Planorbula there are four dentiform lamelle on the outer and two (one quite small) on the axial side of the throat, in a general way mostly turned in the direction of the coil, and the earlier series are absorbed as the animal grows. The position and shape of these lamelle are remarkably uniform in all the species. In Haldemanina the lamelle are more elongate and com- plex, requiring a diagram to define their relations, but on the whole more like Planorbula than Segmentina. (See Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., m1, p. 137, figs. 226-7, 1865.) Segmentina (Planorbula) armigera Say. Planorbis armigerus Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 164, 1818.— HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 30, pl. Iv, figs. 11-13, 1844.— GOULD, Inv. Mass., p. 205, fig. 138, 1841. Type locality, Upper Missouri. Flanorbis armiger BECK, Index, p. 123, 1838. Range. — New England and the Middle States, south to Georgia, westward to Nebraska, and northward to Great Slave Lake. Lake Winnipeg and the Saskatchewan River! Egg Lake, Saskat- chewan: Red Deer: Battle River; Great Playgreen Lake, Manitoba; Fort Ellice and Fort Pelly; Ver- milion Lake; Moose Factory ; b a 2 Ca Pp) A) James Bay! Fort Resolution, Great Slave Lake! Fic. 76. Planor- Fic.77. Teeth Shell biconcave, of five whorls, bula armigera Say. of P. wheatley? polished, with an olivaceous peri- a,nat.size; d,teeth Lea, for com- ae ; ostracum; upper surface slightly magnified. parison. concave in the center, the suture deep but not channelled, upper surface of the whorls with an obscure carination, the last part of the last whorl expanded and suddenly de- flected downward, base witha steeply funicular umbilicus, exhibiting in scalar fashion all the whorls, and bordered by an obtuse carina; peri- phery of the whorls median, rounded ; lip simple, hardly thickened, con- tinued across the body by a thin callus; aperture at an angle of 45° to the vertical axis; surface sculptured by fine lines of growth and obso- lete microscopic, inconstant, spiral striation. Max. diam. 8.0; min. diam. 6.5; height 3.0 mm. This common species extends well to the north, but has not yet been reported from any part of the Pacific drainage, where it appears to be replaced by a very similar species, P. dec/‘vzs Tate, which however has not yet been collected north of the Umpqua River, Oregon, specimens from that locality and from Nicaragua being in the National Museum. FAMILY PHYSID4@ 99 Segmentina (Planorbula) christyin.sp. Plate 11, figs. 10, rr. Shell resembling P. avmigera in a general way but having six whorls, the upper surface nearly flat, the latter part of the last whorl in nearly the same plane as the preceding whorls, with no marked deflection; the whorls rounded, with no carina above or below; the surface sculptured with fine close silky incremental lines and fine sharp spiral strie, giving a minutely reticulate effect when magnified ; aper- ture-plane about 25° from the vertical ; teeth very similar in form and position to those of P. armigera. Max. diam. 10.0; min. diam. reat height 3.0 mm. High Bluff, Manitoba! (R. Miller Christy) ; Fort Smith, Mackenzie River! (E. A. Preble). After comparing these shells with a large series of P. armiégera and finding nothing intermediate, I conclude that this form is worthy of a name. I have examined seven specimens of P. christy7, and several hundred from forty different localities, north and south, of P. arm7- gera. The present form is the largest, flattest, and most sharply sculptured of the group. Family PHYSIDZA. Genus Physa Draparnaud. <_Physa DRAPARNAUD, Tableau, pp. 31, 52, 1801 ; Hist. des Moll. de France, pp. 25, 28, 54, 1805; first species Bulla fontinalis Linné. — Roissy, Moll., v, p. 343, 1805.— STUDER, Syst. Verz., p. 25, 1820.— LaMARck, An. s. Vert., VI, pt. 2, p. 155, 1822. Not of Fitzinger, 1833, nor Wes- terlund, 1902. Enydra HUBNER, Zwei Briefe, 1810 (nomenclature non-Linnean ?). Physa SOWERBY, Genera, fasc. vil (Linea), 1822.— FLEMING, Brit. An. p. 276, 1828.— Leacu, Proofsheets, p. 150, fide Turton, Man., p. 127, 1831.— LEACH, Synops. Moll. Gt. Brit., p. 10g, 1852. Rivicola FITZINGER, Verz. Conch., p. 110, 1833. Type 2. fontinalis Linné. ~ Macrophysa MEEK (MS. 1865), Dati, Ann. Lyc. N. H. N. Y., 1x, p. 356, 1870; type Prysa columnaris Deshayes, Eocene. 100 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS > Costatella Dai, Ann. Lyc. N. H.N. Y., Ix, p. 355, 1870. Type Physa costata Newcomb. > Costella MEEK, Inv. Fos. Upper Missouri, pp. 603-604, 1876; dapsus pro Costatella. >Macrophysa Tryon, Struct. Syst. Conch., 11, p. 103, 1884. Bulinus WESTERLUND, Fauna Pal. Reg., p. 54, 1885 (not of Adanson, 1757) ; Acta Acad. Sci. Slav. Merid., Zagrabiz, CLI, p. I1g, 1902. < Bullinus OKEN, Lehrb. d. Naturg., sp. x, 302-3, 1815. 2B. fontinalis L., first species. This genus has suffered from its resemblance to the sinistral Lym- nas and the physiform Planorboids, which have been and still are frequently confounded with the true Physas. Not until much more is known of the dentition and soft parts will it be practicable to eliminate from Physa all the unrelated species. The group containing /szdora, Physopsts, etc., is chiefly South European and African, but it is probable that some of the subtropical American species also belong to it. The subgenus Physella Haldeman, was proposed because the author believed it to be branchiate instead of pulmonate, but we now know that undoubted species of Lymn@a, having no access to the atmosphere, live in the deep waters of some of the Swiss lakes, per- haps gathering up globules of oxygen freed by aquatic plants; and unless some more definite observations show anatomical distinctions (such as were merely surmised by Haldeman) the group is hardly worth retention. Pysodon Haldeman, so far as the shell is concerned, differs from Physa s.s. only by an almost imperceptible thickening below the obscure plait on the pillar, and, in default of other charac- ters, might well be dispensed with. The soft parts of Dzastropha contorta (Mich.) have not been de- scribed, and there is some reason to think it may be an /s¢dora. Gray, who first introduced it in connection with the above mentioned species, subsequently listed it as a name (MS.?) given by Guilding, and men- tioned as type Physa guildingt Swainson, which is an Af/lexa, The groups into which the genus may confidently be divided are as follows : Section Physas.s. Shell sinistral, ovoid, polished, with a spire shorter than the length of the aperture, an obscure plait on the pillar, with the pillar merging gradually into the peristome, the outer lip sharp, often with a slight thickening internally, the inner lip closely appressed to the body and pillar, a very small or no umbilicus, the surface of the shell smooth or microscopically striated. Type Bella fontinalis Linné. Holarctic and Temperate regions of both hemi- spheres, also Hawaii. FAMILY PHYSIDE IOI ? Section Macrophysa Meck. Shell elongate, columnar, large, the last whorl and aperture small compared with that of the typical Physa, the surface axially striated. Type Physa columnaris Deshayes, Eocene of Paris Basin. Section Costatella Dall. Shell physiform, polished, sculptured with axial ribs. Type Physa costata Newcomb. The section Macrophysa has been affiliated to Zs¢dora by Sandberger and others, but as the species is only known in the fossil state some doubt must remain as to its relations. It has somewhat the form of Isidora wahlbergt Krauss from South Africa, but the resemblance may be merely a parallelism and not an indication of relationship, as we find several species of s¢dora absolutely indistinguishable from true Physa except by anatomical examination. The groups known as Amerta Adams, Glyptophysa Crosse, Plesio- physa Crosse and Fischer, Physopsis Krauss, Pulmobranchia Pelsen- ear, etc., are more or less intimately connected with /s¢dora Ehrenberg (Bulinus Adanson) and do not form part of the family Phys¢de. None of them occurs in the region to which this paper relates. I am indebted to the discussion of American Physe by O. A. Crandall in the Nautilus, volume xv, for assistance in determining the species of Physa from the north, Physa heterostropha Say. Physa heterostropha Say, Nicholson's Encycl., Am. ed. (no pagination), pl. I, fig. 6, 1817.— HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 23, pl. 1, figs. 1-9, 1843. —BrnneEyY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., uJ, p. 84, figs. 144-5, 1865. Physa plicata DE Kay, fragilis Mighels, /afa Tryon, primeana Tryon, and philippit Kiister, are said to be synonymous by Crandall. Range.—¥From the Potomac and Ohio Rivers northward, and westward to the Mississippi. Anticosti Island! Manitoba, Red River of the North, Lac des Mille Lacs to Lake of the Woods; Alberta, at Olds, McLeod and Red Deer. Grand Rapids of the Saskatchewan! L. Winnipeg! English River! Albany River! near James Bay; Hudson Bay drainage in heterostropha. Keewatin at Moose Factory! and Nelson River! Lake Isle Lacrosse ! Peace River! and Great Slave Lake ! Readily recognizable by its form and the absence of microscopic spiral sculpture. The northern specimens, when dead, are of a beau- tiful opalescent white with a claret colored apex. Physa gyrina Say. Physa gyrina Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 171, 1821. — HALDE- MAN, Mon. Limn., p. 32, pl. 3, figs. 1-6, 1843; Council Bluffs, Iowa. 102 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Physa hildrethiana LEA, oleacea Tryon, and albofilata Ancey, are united by Crandall with this species. Physa fontinalis J. DEC. SowErRBY (in Richardson), not of Linné. Fange.—The United States east of the Mississippi, Canada, and northward. Manitoba! Lower Saskatchewan near Lake Win- nipeg! York Factory, Keewatin; Great Slave Lake! Methy Lake to Great Bear Lake (Richardson). Variety oleacea Tryon, also variety hzldrethiana ete eee Lea : Great Slave Lake ; Port Clarence, Alaska(Bean). eyrinavar. hild- This is the prevalent species over the north country, vethiana Lea. extending to the Arctic Circle at Great Bear Lake, and westward to Bering Strait. It is to be noted however that Physa in this region is nowhere a common form like Lymnea or FPlanorbis, or even Aplexa. The varieties noted differ from one another and from the typical form chiefly in the character of slenderness. Physa ancillaria Say. Physa ancillaria Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v, p. 124, 1825. — HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 27, pl. 11, figs. I-10, 1843. — GouLp, Inv. Mass., p. 213, fig. 142, 1841. —CRANDALL, Nautilus, xv, No. 4, p. 42, 190l. Physa vinosa GOULD, and P. crassa WALKER, are regarded as subspecies of P. ancillaria by Crandall, and Binney unites with it P. obesa De Kay. Range.— The United States northward from the Potomac and Ohio Rivers, and east of the Mississippi, to the Saskatchewan. Variety vinosa Gould, Lake Superior. Manitoba. Lake of the Woods; Lake Winnipeg; and the lower Saskatchewan River. The above localities are cited from the literature; I have seen no specimens from north of the United States, west of Ontario. Physa lordi Baird. Physa lordi Baird, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, for 1863, p. 68. — BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 1, p. 76, figs. 125-127. Physa parker? CURRIER, in Decamp, List of Shellbearing Moll. of Mich., Kent Sci. Inst. Misc. Pub., v, p. 15, pl. 1, fig. 3, 1881. Range.— Washington and British Columbia, east of the Cascade Mountains, eastward to the northern peninsula of Michigan, and southward at high alti- tudes to New Mexico. Round Lake! Lake Houghton! and Lake Douglas! — yg go, Physa northern Michigan! Mingusville, Montana! Ft. Col- Jordi Baird. FAMILY PHYSIDE 103 ville, Wash.! Lake Osoyoos, Lat. 49° and Kootenai Lake, British Columbia; San Rafael, Valencia Co., New Mexico; altitude 6,000 feet ! I find this remarkable species in the National collection labelled P. parkert Currier, There is a form very similar in miniature to this, which occurs in the Gila River, Arizona, and elsewhere in that region, but, while this may be a dwarf form of P. lordz, I do not feel suffi- ciently certain to include it in the range of the latter. The Michigan specimens however are typical, and finely developed, not in any way to be distinguished from those collected in Washington. Physa propinqua Tryon. Physa propingua Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., I, p. 223, pl. 23, fig. 5, 1865 ; Mon. Fw. Univ., Moll. U. S., pt. 3, p. 132, pl. vi, fig. 13, 1872. Range.— Jordan Creek, SW. Idaho, west to Puget Sound and south to Los Angeles, Calif. Puget Sound drainage! Sumas Prairie, Fraser River valley, British Columbia, and elsewhere in the lowlands of British Columbia, east of the Cascades. This form closely resembles P. heterostropha Say, and is the shell which has been listed by that name from the Pacific Coast, where ac- cording to Tryon and Crandall the true P. heterostropha does not occur. Whether it is a distinct species, or a special mutation of P, ampullacea Gould, or a western race of some other species, I do not feel able to determine, and so I accept Tryon’s assurance that it is a valid species. Physa ampullacea Gould. Physa bullata GouLp, Proc. Boston Soc. N. Hist., v, p. 128, 1855 ; not of Potiez et Michaud, 1838. Physa ampullacea GOULD, in Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 79, figs. 134, 135 (not 133), 1865. Range.— Oregonand Washington, northward to Norton Sound on the Pacific Coast. Oregon! Lake Oyosa, Washington! Vancouver Island, near Vic- toria; ponds near St. Michael, Norton Sound, Alaska, rare ! A single specimen of what seems to be this species was found among other shells collected near St. Michael, Alaska, by E. W. Nelson. Physa (Aplexa?) hordacea Lea. Physa hordacea Lma, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1864, p. 116; Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., (2), vi, pp. 176, 177, pl. xxiv, fig. 102, 1866; Obs. Gen. Univ., x1, pp. 132-3, pl. xxv, fig. 102, 1866. 104 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Bulinus hordaceus Tryon, Mon, Fw. Univ. Moll. U. S., p. 170, pl. vn, fig. 19, 1872. Range.— Oregon, Washington, Vancouver Island. Fort Vancouver, Wash.! near Puget Sound, Wash. ! This is the small species, having much the appearance of an Afpdexa, which has been cited on the authority of Dr. J. G. Cooper as Aplexa hypnorum from near Puget Sound. This error was afterward cor- rected by Cooper himself. No observations have been recorded in regard to the animal, and when these have been made it is entirely pos- sible that the creature may turn out to be an Ag/lexa. It is entirely distinct from A. hypnorum at any rate Genus Aplexa Fleming. Bulla (sp.) LINNE, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 727, 1758.—GMELIN, Syst. Nat., v1 Pp. 3428, 1792. FPlanorbis (sp.) O. T. MULLER, Hist. Verm., J, p. 169, 1774. Turbo (sp.) WALKER, Test. Min. var., p. 15, 1787. Haldemania CLESSIN, 1880, not of Tryon, 1862. Subgenus Acroloxus Beck. Acroloxus BECK, Ind. Moll., p. 124, 1837, 1st sp. A. rvadatus Guilding, 1828, not of Orbigny, 1825 ; also includes A. dacustris (L.) Miller ; Herrmann- sen, Ind. Gen. Mal., 1, p. 16, 1846, selects A. /acustris as type. — W. G. Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., II, p. 147, 1865. Acroxus BouRGuIGNAT, J. de Conchyl., Iv, p. 169, 1853; a modification of Acroloxus Beck. Velletia GRAY, in Turton, Man., pp. 66, 230, 250, 1840; sole ex. A. lacustris Miiller. —HaLpemaANn, Mon. Limn., p. 14, 1842.— Gray, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 181 ; A. /acustris. — BourGuiGnat, J. de Conchyl., Iv, p. 63, 1853; P. Z. S., 1853, p. 79, July, 1854. — FIscHER, Man., p. 504, 1883, Subgenus Ancylastrum Bourguignat. Ancylastrum BouRGUIGNAT, Journ. de Conchyl, Iv, pp. 63, 170, 1853 (Feb.), A. cumingianus Bourguignat (Tasmania) selected as type; P. Z. S., 1853, p. 91 (not p. 80), 1854.— HEDLEY, Proc. Mal. Soc., 1, p. 118, 1894. Not Ancylastrum Clessin, 1880, and Westerlund, 1902. Cumingia CLESSIN, Conch. Cab., ed. 11, pt. 299, Mon. Azcylus, p. 10, 1880; type A. cumingianus Bourg.— TRYON, Struct. Syst. Conch., WI, p. 107, 1884. Not Cumingia Sowerby, P. Z. S., 1833, p. 34. Legrandia HANLEY, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania for 1871, p. 27, 1872. Type A. cumingianus Bourg. ? Subgenus Gundlachia Pfeiffer. Gunacachia PFEIFFER, Zeitschr. fiir Mal. for 1849, p. 97, 1850; type G. ancyliformis Pfeiffer, Cuba ; cf Nordenskidld, Zool. Anz., XxvI, pp. 590—- 593, July, 1903; and Dall, Nautilus, xvi, Jan., 1904, pp. 97-8, 1904 ; also J. G. Cooper, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., vi, p. 26, 1875. Poeyia BourcuienatT, Spicil. Mal., xctv, Jan., 1862, Rev. de Zool., p. 13, 1862. Sole ex. P. gundlachioides Bourg., = Gundlachia test. juv. fide Fischer. The genus Azcylus cannot be cited as of Geoffroy, first, because that author did not adopt the Linnean nomenclature, and secondly, because his only species was identified by him with Patella lacustris L., which is the type of Acroloxus, and, though Bourguignat and FAMILY PHYSID 109 others have tried to propagate the view that Geoffroy’s species was the A. fluviatilis, their arguments cannot be said to outweigh the positive statement of the original author. The first binomial author to use Ancylus was Miiller, who must be credited with the genus. The name Ancylastrum, published by Bourguignat (though probably suggested by Moquin Tandon) was doubtless intended to be the equivalent of Ancylus s. s., but the publishing author distinctly and repeatedly announced the type to be Azcylus cumingianus, which differs in many respects from typical Azcy/us, and will therefore retain the name, which otherwise would have fallen into the synonymy of Azcylus s.s. Acroloxus Beck, typified by A. lacustr?s Miller, seems to be a well characterized subdivision. Beck’s first species was examined by Gray and determined to be a Vedletia, which is an exact synonym of Acro- loxus. Protancylus was proposed by the Sarasin brothers in 1808, for a form resembling Azcylus, from Celebes, but in which the gill is fully developed. Typical Azcylus seems to be an Old World form, but Acroloxus is represented in both hemispheres. The subdivisions of the typical sub- genus so far recognized are as follows : ? Brondelia Bourguignat, Rev. de Zool, p. 13, 1862; Spic. Mal., xcv, Jan., 1862, type B. drowetiana Bourg., Algeria. This form, which is said to be an air-breather, a fact needing con- firmation, is radiately ribbed and has a sinistral apex. More informa- tion about it is much needed, and it may prove to be an Acroloxus. Lanx Clessin, Conch. Cab., ed. 11, pt. 299, p. 10, 1880; type A. xew- berry Lea, Oregon and California. The type has a smooth or concentrically striated apex, subcentrally situated, obtuse ; the shell is larger and more solid than the majority of the genus. A. patellotdes Lea, placed by Clessin with the above, has a shell like A. xewberryz, but more delicate, depressed, and with a well marked radial system of coloration. The following groups are Nearctic or American; errdssza is also South African. Levapex Walker, Nautilus, xvi, June, 1903, p. 15; type Azcylus fuscus C. B. Adams, Chiefly lacustrine, with a smooth nepionic shell. Ferrissia Walker, op. ctt., p. 153 type Axcylus rivularis Say. Chiefly fluviatile, with a radiately sculptured nepionic shell. The question as to whether Gundlachia is a distinct genus or merely an exceptional second-season growth of Azcy/us, has been discussed IIo LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS by me in the paper cited in the synonymy, since publishing which I find Dr. J. G. Cooper had also expressed the same opinion in 1575. Ancylus (Ferrissia) rivularis Say. Ancylus rivularis Say, Journ. Acad, Nat. Sci., 1, p. 124, 1817.— HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 4, pl. 1, fig. 1, 1844 (Delaware River). Ancyclus rivularis Say, Nicholson's Encyclopedia, 3d ed., Art. Conchology, vol. II, p. 14, 1819. Ancylus (Ferrissia) rivularis BRYANT WALKER, The Nautilus, xvi, No. 2, p. 15, June, 1903 ; xvull, No. 2, p. 17, pl. 1, figs. 1-10, 13-15, June, 1904. Range.— Northern United States east of the Mississippi, New Mexico, Canada, Manitoba. Souris River, Manitoba, Dawson. Ancylus (Ferrissia) parallelus Haldeman. Ancylus parallelus HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., pt. 2, p. 3 of cover, 1841 (Ver- mont) ; pt. 7, p. 11, pl. 1, fig. 6, 1844.— Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., Il, p. 142, 1865. Range.— New England; Canada, Manitoba. Pine Creek; Rainy River; and Lake of the Woods, in Manitoba. Ancylus (Levapex) fragilis Tryon. Ancylus fragilis TRYON, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1863, p. 149, pl. 1, fig. 15.— Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 1, p. 146, fig. 246 (Cali- fornia), 1865.—TRyon, Mon. Fw. Univ. Moll. U.S., p. 229, pl. 2, figs. 17, 18, 1872. 2 Ancylus caurinus COOPER, Rep. N. Hist. Wash., p. 378, 1859 ; Pacific R. R. Reps., xu, p. 378, 1859, nude name.—Brnney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 144, fig. 243, 1865 ; Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., Iv, p. 100, 1870. Black River, Puget Sound. oe Range.—California; Puget Sound drainage (caurinus), Vancouver Island near Victoria ! SS A (caurinus). Tryon unites these under his prior name, The Vancouver specimens are certainly iden- Fic. 82. Azcylus koo- " ‘d tical with Cooper’s shell. tantensts Baird. Ancylus (Levapex) kootaniensis Baird. Ancylus kootaniensis BARD, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, for 1863, p. 69.— BInnEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 144, fig. 242, 1865. —TRyYON, Mon. Fw. Univ. Moll. U. S., p. 227, pl. 1, figs. 11-12, 1872. Range. — Kootenai and Spokane Rivers, British Columbia. FAMILY SIPHONARIID 4£ Piri Family SIPHONARIIDA. Genus Siphonaria Sowerby. Siphonaria SOwERBY, Genera of Shells, pt. xx1, Jan., 1824 ; Proc. Zool. Soc. London, for 1835, p. 6.— DALL, Am. Journ. Conch., VI, p. 31, 1870. Muretia D'ORBIGNY, Voy. Am. Meérid., p. 682, 1846. Not Mouretia Sow- erby, 1835. Trimusculus (SCHMIDT, MS.) MGLLER, Isis, 1832, p. 132. ? Livia Gray, Phil. Mag. and Journ., Lxiu, p. 275, April, 1824. The type of Léréa is Le Lirz Adanson, Sénégal, p. 32, pl. 2, fig. 2, 1757; stated by Gray to be a synonym of Sowerby’s genus, but it is probable that Adanson’s shell is not a Szphonaria. Subgenus Siphonaria s. s. Siphonaria DALL, Am. Journ. Conch., v1, p. 31, 1870. Shell solid, porcellanous, with subcentral apex and radial sculpture ; inner lateral teeth of the radula bifid, outer trifid. Habitat, tropical or warmer seas. Type, S. s¢Jho Sowerby. Subgenus Liriola Dall. Liriola DALL, Am. Journ. Conch., vi, p. 32, 1870. Shell thin, horny, with apex eccentric; smooth or faintly radially striate. Habitat, cooler or temperate seas. Type S. thersites Car- penter. Siphonaria (Liriola) thersites Carpenter. Siphonaria thersites CARPENTER, Ann. Mag. N. Hist. (3), XIv, p. 425, Dec., 1864. Neah Bay, Wash. Siphonaria (Liriola) thersites DALL, Am. Journ. Conch., v1, pp. 32, 33, pl. Iv, fig. 8, pl. v, figs. 2, 5, 1870. Range.— Strait of Fuca to the Aleutian Islands, on stones near low water mark. Neah Bay, Wash.! Victoria, British Columbia; Fort Simpson, British Columbia; in Alaska at Port Mulgrave! Port Etches! St. Paul, Kadiak! Chirikof Island! Semidi Islands! Simeonof Island and Popof Strait, Shumagin Islands! Chika Islands, Unalga Pass! Captains Harbor, Unalaska! Constantine Harbor, Amchitka! Kiska Harbor, Kiska Island, Aleutians. This is one of the most common and characteristic mollusks of the northwest coast. It lives between tidemarks, often where it must be submerged twenty out of twenty-four hours of the day, but is some- times dredged in 20 fathoms, dead. I1I2 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Family ONCHIDIIDA. Genus Onchidium Buchanan, 1800. Type Onchidium typhe Buchanan, Trans. Linn. Soc., v, p. 132, 1800. Subgenus Onchidella Gray, 1850. Type Onchidium nigricans Quoy, Fig. Moll. An., tv, p. 117, pl. 181, fig. 1, 1850 (selected as type by Herrmannsen, Ind. Gen. Mal., Suppl., 1852). Dorsal surface without arborescent processes, margin of the mantle with prominent spaced papille, serving as conduits for mucous glands ; lower surface of the mantle with muciparous glands; dorsum with dorsal eyes; mouth agnathous. Warmer seas. Section Arctroncuis Dall, nov. Species small, like Ozchzdel/a, but without muciparous glands on the lower side of the mantle, without dorsal eyes and with a jaw. Cool temperate and boreal coasts. Type Onchidella borealis Dall. I had long since proposed to retain for this group the name Onchz- della, supposing that name to be practically a synonym of Onchidium. This, however, is not now regarded as allowable, and Onxchidel/a must follow the fate of its type. I propose therefore the sectional name Arctomchzs for the group of small boreal Oxchzdella which includes at least O. borealis and O. celtica Forbes and Hanley. Onchidella (Arctonchis) borealis Dall. Onchidella borealis DALL, Am. Journ. Conch., VII, p. 135, 1871. — W. G. BINNEY, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1876, p. 84, pl. v1, figs. E, EE, Sept., 1876. — Binney, Terr. Airbr. Moll. U. S., Third supple., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., x1x, No. 4, pl. v1, figs. D, E, 1890 (called carfentert by error, in text pp. 214, 224); Fourth Supplement, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xx1I, No. 4, p. 202, 1892. Onchidium boreale DaLL, Semper, Arch. Phil. Bd. 3, heft v1, p. 282, pl. KX, M19.) 13° Range. — California to Bering Sea on the N. W. coast of America. California (Binney); Coos Bay, Oregon (Hemphill) ; Victoria, Vancouver Island! Lituya Bay! Port Mulgrave! Port Etches! Una- laska! and Port Mdller on Bering Sea! in Alaska. Observations on this species have been published by the writer, Mr. W. G. Binney, Semper, and Henry Hemphill; and, as their articles are short and widely scattered in the literature, an abstract of the FAMILY ONCHIDIID/®= 113 whole, with additions, is now given so that the data in regard to this species may be obtained in one place. The animal lives between tides, where at high water it is covered by the sea, usually on stones or projecting rocks, either where it is cov- ered with /ucus or on the underside of stones which thus form a shelter. It seems to be gregarious in its habits, as many as fifty speci- mens having been taken from a single crevice in shaly rock. When in motion it moves quite rapidly for so small an animal, with two short stout tentacles tipped by keen black eyes protruding beyond the front edge of the mantle. The upper surface is dark slate color, with spots or streaks of light gray or whitish. It appears smooth, but as if hav- ing small round tubercles beneath the smooth skin, which when the animal is contracted in alcohol are much more conspicuous than in life. Around the edge of the mantle is a single row of larger and more prominent tubercles corresponding to an equal number of mucous glands. These, projecting, give the margin a serrate or fringed appearance. The animal, when in motion, is about twelve millimeters long, four and one half wide, and three millimeters high, oblong oval in form, a little wider behind than in front. When at rest in a contracted state it is nearly circular in form, a little longer than wide, the center of the dorsum elevated in a bluntly pointed manner, giving the creature much the aspect of a young Acm@a. The lower surface of the body is of a greenish white, and, when the animal is moving, the foot seems to undergo rapid undulation. The muzzle exhibits anterior ovate extensions separated by a sulcus in the median line, as in other species of the genus. Neither Oxchidella borealis nor O. celtica possesses the singular dorsal eyes characteristic of many tropical species. O. borealis differs from O. carfenteré Binney, and all the other species of the family now known (except O. celticum), in possessing a thin delicate smooth jaw, the presence of which has been demon- strated by both Binney and Semper. According to Joyeaux LafHuie O. celticum also possesses a jaw, though the surface of the dorsum is, if the figure given by Forbes and Hanley be accurate, much more prominently tuberculous than in O. boreal?s. O. carpenter? Bin- ney, a small species reported by Binney from California and Puget Sound, is according to that author agnathous, and therefore belongs to the typical section of the genus. The dentition of O. d0realis has been worked out by Binney and confirmed by Semper. The radula is long and wide, the teeth arranged strongly ex chevron, with a formula of $1°4:$1. The rhachidian I1l4 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS tooth is large, longer than wide, truncated above, expanded below its middle, and incurved at the basal margin. The reflected portion is large, tricuspid, the cusps prominent. The laterals have a long, nar- row base of attachment, a small portion of its upper part thrown out- ward, the rest curving inward, giving an irregular arcuate form to the base as a whole; the anterior and posterior margins of this base are abruptly truncate. The reflected part is rather posterior and carries a large, wide, expanding, bluntly truncated cusp on the outer side, and on the inner a very small conical cusp. The successive teeth laterally from the middle of the radula at first increase, then gradually decrease in size, but retain essentially the same characters to the outer termina- tion of the row. From the typical Oxchidium (schrammi Bland and Binney, Guadeloupe, W. I.) the teeth differ by the wider rhachidian, with more nearly equal cusps, by the presence of two distinct cusps on the laterals, and by the curve of the lateral bases, which in O. schramm7z have their posterior portions curved toward the center of the radula, while in O. dorealzs the curve is in the opposite direction. In Oxchi- della fiortdana Dall, an oculiferous agnathous species from Knight’s Key, Florida, the discrepancy of the rhachidian cusps and the curve of the lateral bases agree with O. schrammz, but there is a small accessory inner cusp to the laterals. Mr. Binney informs me that the liver in O. doread¢s is in fasciculi of long ceca, one on each side; there is also an accessory lateral pouch to the stomach, which also has a fasciculus of ceca, making three biliary ducts. According to Semper this species agrees in most respects with the fifth of the groups into which he divides Onchédéwm. There is a single row of large glands which open through equally spaced small tubercles on the mantle edge. The other glands, which in the other species (except O. ce/tica) empty on the under surface of the mantle, are absent in this form. The penis is short and thick, consisting of two well marked portions. In the posterior thinner part a short broad penial papilla is present, at the base of which the spermatic duct opens. The wall of this part is marked by extremely shallow grooves in which concretions are present, very like those found in the deep grooves of other species. The spermatic cord is short and feebly twisted. The penial retractor muscle is thin and attached proximally to the middle of the pericardial sac on the inner surface of the foot. The jaw and radula are as described by Binney. I should like here to record my dissent from the ingenious hypothesis FAMILY AURICULID® Il5 by which Semper associated the occurrence of dorsal eyes in Oxchi- dium with the presence of the fish Perzopthalmus. There are both oculiferous and (dorsally) blind species of Oxchédiwm in the Gala- pagos, and an oculiferous species in Florida and Bermuda, and in neither of these regions is Peréopthalmus known. It is of course not only necessary that an hypothesis should account for the facts, but that it also should be true, but the latter half of the proposition is only too liable to be left unverified. Family AURICULID. Genus Carychium Miiller. Carychium O. F. MUuier, Hist. Verm., 1, p. 125, 1774 5 sole ex. C. mint- mum Miller; Zool. Dan. Prodr., p. XXIX, 1776.— DRAPARNAUD, Hist. Moll. Terr., p. 57, 1805 (in synonymy). Helix (sp.) GMELIN, Syst. Nat., vi, p. 3665, 1792. Bulimus (sp.) BRUGUIERE, Encyc. Méth., 1, p. 310. Turbo (sp.) MonraGu, Test. Brit., p. 339. Auricula (sp.) DRAPARNAUD, Tableau des Moll., p. 54, 1801 ; Hist., p. 57, pl. 111, figs. 18, 19, 1805. Odostomia (sp.) FLEMING, Edinb. Encycl., vit, p. 76, 1817. Auricella (BRARD MS.) JurINE, Helvet. Almanach, p. 34, 1817.— HARTMANN, in Steinmiiller, Neue Alpina, 1, pp. 49, 205, 215, 1821; and Sturm, Fauna, vi, heft v, p. 36, 1821; Syst. Uebersetz., table, 1840.— Moguin TANDON, Hist. Moll. Terr. Fr., 1, p. 413, 1855. Type C. mznz- mum Miller. Auriculina Moquin TANDON, Hist. Moll. Terr. Fr., 1, p. 646, 1855 ; not of Grateloup, 1838, nor Gray, 1847. Saraphia (sp.) Risso, Hist. Eur. Mér., tv, p. 84, 1826; 5. tridentata Risso. < Carychium Leacu, Zool. Misc., 1, p. 85, 1814.— FéRussAc, Prodr., p. 100, 1819; Tabl. Syst., p. xxx11, 1821.—BLAINVILLE, Dict. Sci. Nat., VI, p. 187.—MoguIN TANDON, Hist. Moll. Terr. Fr., pp. 412, 413, 1855. a c Fic. 83. Carychium exiguum Say. Animal and shell magnified. The species of this genus are so small that a special search almost is necessary to determine their presence or absence in a given locality. 116 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS So it is uncertain whether the range herein reported might not be con- siderably extended if thorough collecting had been done. Carychium exiguum Say. Pupa exigua Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 375, 1822.— GOULD, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., 11, p. 398, pl. 111, fig. 20, 1841. Carychium exiguum PFEIFFER, Wiegman’s Archiv, I, p. 224, 1841.—BInN- NEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 11, p. 6, figs. 5-9, 1865. Range. — Temperate North America. At Brandon, Pine Creek, and Carberry, Manitoba; Salt Spring Island, and at Comox, Vancouver Island, British Columbia. Carychium exile Lea. Carychium exile H. C. Lea, Am. Journ. Sci., Ist ser., XLII, p. 109, pl. I, fig. 5, 1841. — TROSCHEL, Arch. fiir Naturg., 11, p. 128, 1843. Not C exile C. B. Adams, Contr. Conch., 111, p. 38, 1849 (Jamaica). Range.— Eastern United States. Manitoba, in drift of the Red River of the North. In the description of the animal of Carychtum cited by Binney (under C. exiguum) and copied by Baker (Moll. Chicago Area, 1, p. 254) the writer has confused the anterior end of the wide muzzle with the foot, although, by the figure adjacent to this paragraph, the rela- tion of the parts is clearly shown. The foot of the animal is not ‘¢ divided into two segments,” but is entire, as required by the generic diagnosis. Family STREPOMATIDA. Genus Pleurocera Rafinesque. * Pleurocera canaliculata Say. Melania canaliculata Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 175, 1821. aoe one Say, of. cit., p. 176, 1821. —SOWERBY, in Richardson, Fauna Boreali Am., Ill, p. 316, 1836. Range. — Ohio, Tennessee and Alabama, Indiana and Illinois. This species is cited in J. de C. Sowerby’s very inaccurate list, as coming from ‘* Lake Superior to the Saskatchewan.” No subsequent collector has confirmed this statement, which is doubtless entirely erroneous. Genus Goniobasis Lea. Goniobasis plicifera Lea, var. silicula Gould. Melania plicifera Lea,’Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., v1, p. 93, pl. Xx11I, fig. go, 1836. Oregon. Melania silicula GOULD, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 11, p. 224, 1847 ; Wilkes’ Exped., Moll., p. 141, figs. 164, 164a, 1852. Nisqually, Oregon. FAMILY AMNICOLID Ee 117 Range. — Northern California, Oregon and Washington. Vancouver Island (Forbes)? British Columbia in streams west of the Cascades (Lord). This species so much resembles the viviparous A/e/anza of the Ha- waiian Islands and the Orient, which has a fringed mantle edge, that for a long time it was doubted whether the little group of Pacific Coast species was not related to the oriental forms rather than to the Goniobasts of the eastern United States. An examination of the liv- ing animal by the writer a few years ago showed, however, that the Oregon species has a plain mantle edge and is oviparous, so that the resemblance referred to, though obvious, is probably merely the result of convergence, and expresses no intimate relationship. Tryon regarded Gould’s sz/¢cuda as a species ; others have thought it a variety of the older pléczfera. Further studies are necessary to de- termine the question. Family AMNICOLIDZ. Genus Amnicola Gould and Haldeman. Amnicola limosa Say. Paludina limosa Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 125, 1817. — NIcHoLson’s Encyc., third American ed., p. 12, 1819. Paludina porata Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 174, 1821. Amnicola porata GOULD, Inv. Mass., p. 229, fig. 157, 1841. Amnicola limosa HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. Io, pl. 1, figs. 5, 6, 1845. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., III, p. 84, fig. 166, ae ee ANCEY (MONSTR.). €} Range. — Virginia to Wisconsin and Hudson Bay. Lake Superior to the Height of Land; Athabaska at Lake La Loche (Richardson), N. Lat. 56° 30’; Lake of the Woods; Manitoba; Moose Factory, Hudson Bay! Big Sioux River, Nebraska! Salt Lake basin, Utah Lake! Utah. This is the type of the genus, and it seems to reach ¢; the headwaters of the Atlantic and Hudson Bay drain- age but not to reach the drainage on the other side of Fic. 85. Am- the watershed alluded to. nicola pallida. E Amnicola pallida Haldeman. Amunicola pallida HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., pt. III, cover p. 3, 1842, pt. VIII, p. 12, pl. 1, fig. 7, 1845. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 11, p. 83, fig. 165, 1865. Range.— New York northward to Canada and Manitoba. Lake Winnipeg, Brandon, and Pine Creek, Manitoba. Fic. 84. Am- nicola limosa. 1i8 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS These northern localities are cited from the literature. I have seen no Manitoban specimens. Amnicola emarginata Kiister. Faludina obtusa Lea, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 11, p. 34, 1841, not of Troschel, 837. pubde emarginata KUSTER, Conch. Cab., ed. 11, Mon. Paludina, p. 50, pl. Xp peS GAs lose: Amnicola cincinnatiensis BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 1, p. 85, fig. 169, 1865, not of Anthony ? Range. — Ohio and northward to Moose River, Hudson Bay. Red River of the North; Manitoba; lower Sas- katchewan, near Lake Winnipeg! Moose Factory ! N. Lat. 51° on Hudson Bay. More or less confusion has existed between the va- rious shells which have carried the specific name cz7- cinnatiensis in this family. The present species is Fic. 86. Am- the small shell with a flat planorboid apex which has nicola emargi- usually been called Bythinella obtusa Lea. Baker, nata Kiister . : P : ee in his Mollusks of the Chicago Area, unites czzczn- (magnified). é eee r : P natiens?s Binney with this species. It does not seem to me to resemble the oé¢usa of Lea, particularly. Amnicola cincinnatiensis Anthony. Paludina cincinnatiensis ANTHONY, Boston Journ. Nat. History, 111, p. 279, pl. Ill, fig. 3, 1840. Amanicola ( Cincinnatia) cincinnatiensis BAKER, Moll.Chicago Area, II, p. 325, pl. XxvI, fig. 14, 1902. Range.—New York to Utah, Texas to Hudson Bay. Moose Factory, Hudson Bay! ae 87. Am- The identity of the Hudson Bay specimens is ap- rea ee parently indubitable. The species is asserted by Pils- bry to occur in Texas and at various points in the basin of Great Salt Lake, Utah. tensts. Genus Lyogyrus Gill. Lyogyrus granum Say? Paludina grana Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 378, 1822. Amnicola granum HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., vil, p. 17, 1845. — BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., m1, p. 86, fig. 170, 1865. Range.— Virginia northward to the Great Lakes and Manitoba? Pennsylvania (Say). Pine Creek, Manitoba (Miller Christy). Dr. Pilsbry, in the Nautilus (xm, No. 4, p. 42, 1898), says that the Canadian and northwestern specimens are not of the same species as FAMILY AMNICOLID4& I1g Say’s Pennsylvania type. The above range is taken from the litera- ture; not having seen Manitoba specimens I am unable to determine what species they represent, but it appears that there is asmall species in Manitoba resembling Z. granum. & Genus Fluminicola Stimpson. Fic, 88. Lyo- gyrus granum,?. Fluminicola nuttalliana Lea. Paludina nuttalliana Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., v1, p. ror, pl. xxi, fig. 109, 1839. Paludina seminalis Hinps, Zool. Sulphur Voy. Moll., p. 59, pl. xv1, fig. 22, 1844. 2? Amnicola hindsti Bairp, P. Z. S., London, 1863, p. 67. Fic. 89. Fluminicola nuttalliana, }. Fic. 90. Fluminicola hindstt Baird, {. Range. — California to British Columbia. Variety £zdsz7 in Koo- tenai River and Wigwam River, at the foot of the Rocky Mountains, at an elevation up to 4,626 feet. I have not seen any British Columbian specimens and accept the identity of /. Azndstd and nuttalliana on Mr. Binney’s authority. According to Dr. Pilsbry this species is common to the Columbia River drainage of British Columbia and the United States. Fluminicola virens Lea. Paludina virens LEA, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., vi, p. gt, pl. XXIII, fig. 93, 1839. Paludina nuclea LEA, op. cit., p. 91, pl. xx111, fig. 103, 1839. Range. —Oregon, Willamette River, Washington, and Vancouver Island. Fic.91. Flum- tntcola virens nae. _ . Maen (magnified). In this instance the Vancouver habitat is cited from the literature. Genus Pomatiopsis Tryon. Pomatiopsis lapidaria Say. Cyclostoma lapidaria Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 13, 1817. Amnicola lapidaria HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., vitt, p. 18, pl. 1, fig. 10, 1845. Pomatiopsis lapidaria TRYON, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1862, p. 452 (name only). — Stimpson, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., Mon. Hydrobiinz, pp. 29-36, figs. 22-26, 1865. 120 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Paludina lustrica Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 175, 1821. Fomatiopsis lustrica BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., Il, p. 94, fig. 189, 1865, Cayuga Lake, N. Y. 63 Range. — Eastern North America from Georgia to Towa and Hudson Bay. re 2: HN: Moose Factory, N. Lat. 51°, on Hudson Bay. ee Beis aBS- There is some doubt as to whether Say’s Zustrica daria Say. is the young of his lapidaria or not. I have fol- lowed the general usage in uniting them. If they should prove dis- tinct it is, according to Mr. Binney, the P. Zustréca which occurs in the Northwest and on the watershed south of Hudson Bay. Family VALVATIDZ. Genus Valvata Miiller. Valvata MULLER, Hist. Verm., ul, p. 198, 1774; sole ex. V. cristata Miiller, Europe ; Zool. Dan. Prodr., p. 239, 1776.—DRAPARNAUD, Tableau, pp. 30, 42, 1801 ; Hist. Moll. Terr. et Fluv. France, pp. 26, 28, 41, 1805. — Roissy, Hist. Nat. Moll., v, p. 379, 1805. —Lamakck, Hist. ANTS. Vere, Vin 2y peel 7b) OZ. Valvata + Valvearus DuMERIL, Zool. Anal., p. 164, 1806. (?) Cinctnna HUBNER, Zwei Briefe, 1, 1810, fide Menke, in Herrmannsen, Ind. Gen. Mal. Suppl., p. 50, 1852. Gyrorbis FITZINGER, Verz, p. 117, 1833; type ??2 cristata Miiller. > Valvata FitzinceR, Verz, p. 117, 1833; type V. piscinalis (Miiller). Planella SCHLUTER, Syst. Verz. Conchyliensammlung, p. 13, 1838; sole ex. Valvata cristata Miiller. Volvata BERGE, Conch. Buch, pp. 17, 20, 26, 1847 ; evr. typ.? Tropidina H. and A. Apams, Gen. Rec. Moll., 1, pp. 343, 344, 1854, type V. tricarinata Lesueur, N. Am. Concinna ‘HUBNER,’ fide H. and A. Adams, of. cit., p. 343, 1854. > Valvata SCHLUTER, of. cit., p. 13, 1854; V. piscinalis Fer. > CGincinna MOrcu, Vidensk. Meddel. for 1863, p. 321, 1864. — WESTER- LUND, Fauna Pal. Reg., vi, pp. 131, 132, 1886. (Type i iscinalis Miller ?) > Tropidina MORcH (not Adams), Vidensk. Meddel. Kjéb., for 1863, p. 320, 1864, V. minuta Drap., Ist sp. > Lelskia BourGuIGNAT, Descr. Nouv. Gen. Alg., 1877, V. elskit Crosse, 1863, Russia, named for Prof. Jelski, of Kieff. > Jelskia WESTERLUND, Fauna Pal. Reg., vi, p. 143, 1886; not of Tacza- novich, Arachnida, 1871. > Gyrorbis WESTERLUND, Fauna Pal. Reg., VI, p. 142, 1886. This genus has been subdivided, according to the form of the shell, into the following sections, which appear, however, to have very little value. Valvata s.s. (Gyrorbés Fitz.) Shell planorboid or depressed, without spiral keels. Type V. créstata Miiller. Cincinna Mérch ( Valvata Fitz.). Shell turbinate, with a mod- FAMILY VALVATIDE£ I21I erate number of whorls slowly enlarging and without spiral keels. Type V. pésczénalis (Miiller). lelskia Bourguignat (/Jelskéa West., not Tacz.). Shell turbinate, with few rapidly enlarging whorls and no spiral keels. Type V. Jelskii Crosse. Tropidina H. and A. Adams. Shell depressed turbinate, with the upper surface of the spire more or less flattened and the whorls spi- rally keeled. Type V. ¢récarinata (Lesueur) Say. Since Miiller associated but one species with the genus when de- scribed, that species necessarily becomes the type. A failure to rec- ognize this, when subdividing the genus, is responsible for several of the synonyms. Ihave not been able to consult Hiibner’s Zwei Briefe, and cite him on the authority of Westerlund, but, judging by his paper on Cobresta of the same year, his nomenclature was not Linnean, although his artistic capacity seems to have been exceptional. Valvata tricarinata Say. Cyclostoma tricarinata Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 13, 1817. Valvata tricarinata Say, op. cit., 1, p. 173, 1821.—GOouLD, Inv. Mass., p. 225, fig. 156, three views, 1841.—HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., VIU, p. 3, pl. 1, figs. 1-4, 1845. Valvata carinata SOWERBY, Genera, part XLI, fig. 2, 1834. Valvata unicarinata DE Kay, Zool. N. Y., Moll., p. 118, pl. vi, fig. 129, 1843. Valvata tricarinata var. simplex GOULD, Inv. Mass., p. 226, fig. 156 (right hand figure), 1841. Valvata humeralis MiLxes, Geol. Surv. Michigan, p. 237, 1860, not of Say. Valvata tricarinata var. confusa BRYANT WALKER, Nautilus, xv, No. 11, p. 124, fig. 2, 1902. Range.— From New England and Virginia westward to the Mis- souri, and northward. Type: St. Lawrence River and the Great Lakes! Manitoba, in Great Playgreen and Winnipeg Lakes! and Pine Creek; Red Deer, Alberta; Moose Factory, Keewatin; Saskatchewan River! Great Slave Lake ! Methy Lake in Lat. 57° N. Variety sémplex: English River, Keewatin! =a Peace River, Athabaska! Great Slave Lake, at Fort _ oes . . . . IG. . = Resolution! upper Mackenzie River at Fort Simp- lente ; = Z vata tricarina- son! in N. Lat. 62°. ta, }. Full grown specimens of this species have three and a half whorls, a maximum diameter of 5, and an altitude of 3 mm. This applies to both varieties, though under exceptionally favorable circumstances it may be somewhat exceeded. The aper- ture is orbicular and almost vertical in plane. 122 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Valvata sincera Say. Valvata sincera SAY, Rep. Long’s Exp., 1, p. 264, pl. xv, fig. 11, 1824. Lange. — Northwest Territory (Bigsby, fide Say) southeast Kee- watin in Attawapiskat and Kawinogans Rivers (McInnes) and the southwest point of Anticosti (McCann). This shell, according to Say’s original description and figure, is ‘+ sub- globose-conic””’ with ‘‘nearly four whorls,” ‘finely and regularly wrinkled across,” with a large umbilicus ‘* exhibiting the volutions,’ and a diameter, at right angles to the axis, of slightly less than three millimeters, as engraved on the plate in Long’s Expedition. I have not seen any shell corresponding to these characters from the northern United States, but Dr. Whiteaves has kindly sent me for examination some shells from southern Keewatin and Anticosti which may prove to be Say’s szzcera. Inthe literature and in collections we find the ecarinate ¢ricarinata (simplex Gould) and all the non-carinated forms of the United States generally labelled ‘ szzcera Say,’ ‘ simplex Gould,’ etc. Those specimens of ¢r¢car¢nata which preserve the ‘ subglobose’ outline have an umbilicus smaller than the carinate shells instead of larger. The very flat and widely umbilicate form which is most gen- erally labelled szzcera, following Haldeman’s figures, is much more like the cr¢stata of Europe than it is like Say’s shell. The specimens which have been called szzcera in the literature of the region we are now interested in are, so far as I have been able to examine them, all of the next species. The only shells in the National Museum which at all resemble Say’s sincera are a series received from Aroostook County, Maine, collected by O. Nylander, which differ sufficiently to be called at least a very marked variety. Valvata (sincera var.?) nylanderi nov. Shell small, subglobose-conic, with four whorls of a pale greenish straw color; surface polished, with faint spiral stria, sculptured axially with thin, sharp, elevated, rather distant lamella like those on Zobgenites harpa or Planogyra asteriscus Morse; these lamelle are closer and less elevated on the apical part of the shell; vertex, includ- ing most of the first two whorls, somewhat flattish or planorboid, after which the shell becomes subconic; the sutures deep; the base rounded, with a narrow but very deep umbilicus; plane of the aper- ture nearly vertical, the aperture orbicular, with simple sharp edges ; the operculum multispiral, of thesame color as the shell. Axial height 3.2 and 3.4; diameter 3.5 and 3.7; diameter of umbilicus .o5 and FAMILY VALVATID.2& 123 .07; of aperture 1.5 and 1.7 mm., in the broadest and narrowest speci- mens, respectively. Valvata lewisi Currier. Valvata striata Lewis, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1856, p. 260.— Bin- NEY (as var. of séwcera), Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., Il, p. 12, fig. 18, 1865 ; not of Philippi, 1836. Valvata sincera HALDEMAN (70 Parte), Mon. Limn., vil, pl. 1, figs. 6, 7, 8, 1845. Pate wid CurRIER, List Moll. Mich., Kent Sci. Inst. Misc. Pub., No. 1 p. 9, 1868 ; new name for V7. striata Lewis, not Philippi. Range.— Northern United States from the Atlantic to the Pacific, and northward. New England! Minnesota ! Colorado! Lake Washington near Seat- tle ! San Bernardino Mountains, Calif. ! Utah ! Lake Superior ! Anticosti Island! Pine Creek, Manitoba! Laggan, Alberta, at 5,200 feet elevation; Assiniboia; Lake La Loche and QD Peace River, Athabaska; Great Slave Lake! Fort Simpson, upper Mackenzie River, N. Lat. 62°! Fic. 94. Val- Frances Lake, head of the Liard River! Fort Chimo, vata lewis# Cur- Labrador! Sturgeon Lake, Athabaska! Upper Colum-_ rier, }- bia Lake! (Tyrrell). The name seems to have been originally proposed for a brown muta- tion of V. stzcera Haldeman (xox Say), but may well be extended to cover the whole species, which has no other available name. The shell when normally developed and adult has four whorls with a height of 3.6 and a diameter of 5.75 mm. It has a much wider umbilicus than var. simplex of tricarinata and is a larger shell, yet usually has a smaller protoconch. The sculpture is axial, fine and close, like the winding of thread on a spool. In the typical form this sculpture is coarser and more prominent than in the less common felzco¢dea. In both it is largely resident in the periostracum, the decorticated shell being nearly smooth. Valvata lewisi var. helicoidea nov. PI. 1, figs. 1, 2. This form resembles Zew¢s7 but is more depressed, almost flat above, and more or less flattened toward the suture ; the whorls are more slen- der and near the aperture usually rather suddenly expanded ; the sur- face is polished, the sculpture frequently obsolete, the umbilicus wide, and its bounding coil peripherally diverted during the growth of the last half whorl; height 2.5; of the aperture 2.0; diameter of shell 5.omm. Range. — With the type form, to some extent everywhere, but espe- cially toward the Northwest. Lake Bennett, Yukon Territory ! near 124 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Old Fort Yukon, Alaska! thirty miles below Tanana on the Yukon River! Lake Lindeman; East Kootenai district, British Columbia. This form is very close to V. s¢ézrica Middendorff, which however has a more depressed apex and uniform fine sharp sculpture. V. cristata is of the same type, but much smaller. Valvata mergella Westerlund. Valvata mergella WESTERLUND, Vega Exped. Vetens. Iakt., Iv, p. 209, pl. v, figs. 22, a—d, 1885. Range.— Port Clarence, near Bering Strait, Alaska (Vega) ; Popof Island, Shumagins, in small ponds (Kincaid) ; Stewart River, Yukon district (Canadian Geol. Survey). This is the largest species of its group, measuring 5 mm. high and 7 mm. wide, with four whorls. The aperture is markedly expanded, the sculpture very fine and rather sharp. The protoconch in the Shu- magin specimens is very minute. The expansion of the aperture tends to narrow the umbilicus, as it were at the last moment. Valvata virens Tryon. Valvata virens Tryon, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1863, p. 148, pl. 1, fig. 11.— Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., In, p. 15, fig. 21, 1865. Range. — Clear Lake, California, to Vancouver Island, at Nanaimo. A well marked species of more than usually tro- choid form, recalling V. pisc¢nalis of Europe, but large, more solid, and when in good condition of a pe- culiarly elegant green tint. The figures given in Fic.95. Val- vata virens Try- on, operculum, magnified Tryon’s description are of immature specimens. Bin- ney figures an adult specimen but does not give the measurements. Family VIVIPARIDZ. Genus Campeloma Rafinesque. Fic. 96. Campeloma dectsum; b, operculum. FAMILY VIVIPARID 4 I2 un Campeloma decisum Say. Linnea decisa Say, Nicholson's British Encyclopedia, 1st Am. ed., pl. 11, fig. 6, 1817. Paludina decisa SAY, op. cit., 3d ed., pl. 11, fig. 6, 1819. — HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., Pal/udina, p. 4, pl. 1, 1840. Melantho decisa BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., ul, p. 41, figs. 79-82. 1865. Lange. — Eastern North America from the Rio Grande to Nova Scotia, west to Nebraska, north to the Saskatchewan. Lake Superior to the Saskatchewan (Richardson) ; Lake of the Woods, Manitoba, (rare, Hanham). It is not unlikely that the extension of the range of this species as far north as the Saskatchewan is unwarranted, so many of the data in Sowerby’s list, in Richardson, seem erroneous, but the presence of the species in the Lake of the Woods seems authentic. NAIADES. In discussing the Naiades, the arrangement proposed by Mr. Chas. T. Simpson, in his recent Synopsis of the Naiades,' is adopted, which see for fuller synonymy. Genus Lampsilis Rafinesque. Lampsilis ventricosus Barnes. Unio ventricosus BARNES, Am. Journ. Sci., Ist ser., VI, p. 267, pl. xu, fig, 14, 1823. Lampsilis ventricosus SIMPSON, Synopsis, p. 526, 1900. Range.— Entire Mississippi drainage, the St. Lawrence system, southern drainage into Hudson Bay. Lake Winnipeg; Battle River, Manitoba, and north to Nelson River ! and its tributaries, in north latitude 57°. Lampsilis luteolus Lamarck. Unio luteola LAMARCK, Anim. s. Vert., VI, p. 79, 1819.—SOWERBY, Conch. Icon., xvI, Mon. Unzo, pl. Lvull, figs. 293, a—-d, 1867. Lampsilis luteolus SIMPSON, Synopsis, p. 534, 1900. Range. — Entire Mississippi drainage and southwest to the Brazos River, Texas; entire Dominion of Canada east of the Rocky Moun- tains and north to the Red River of the North! Lake Winnipeg! Lower Saskatchewan! Battle River, Manitoba. Hill River, Keewatin! (var. sapertorensis Marsh). Great Slave Lake! Lake Athabaska ! Moose Factory, James Bay! Manitoba Lake. 1 Proceedings U. S. Nat. Museum, vol. xxi, pp. 501-1044, 1900. Separate paper No. 1205, with pp. i-viii prefixed. 126 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Lampsilis borealis Gray. Unio borealis GRAY, Ottawa Naturalist, 1882, p. 53, plate with three figures. Lampsilis borealis (GRAY) SIMPSON, Synopsis, p. 535, 1900. Lange. —St. Lawrence drainage. Lake of the Woods! Ottawa, Ontario ! Lampsilis radiatus Gmelin. Mya radiata GMELIN, Syst. Nat., VI, p. 3220, 1792. Unio radiatus SPENGLER, Skr. Nat. Selsk, 11, p. 3, 1792 ; III, p. 62, 1793. — ConrAD, Mon., I, p. 24, pl. x, fig. 2, 1836. Lampsilis radiatus SIMPSON, Synopsis, p. 535, 1900. Range.—St. Lawrence and Atlantic drainage, south to North Carolina. Manitoba. Lake Winnipeg! Saskatchewan River! Nelson River drainage! Great Slave Lake (Kennicott) ! Lampsilis ligamentinus Lamarck. Unio crassus Say, Nicholson's Encycl., Am. ed., 11, Art. Conchology, pl. 1, fig. 8, 1817. Not Unio crassus Retzius, 1788. Unio ligamentina LAMARCK, Anim. s. Vert., VI, p. 72, 1819. —KUSTER, Conch. Cab., Mon. Unzo, p. 23, pl. 11, fig. 3, 1852. Lampsilis ligamentinus SIMPSON, Synopsis, p. 539, 1900. Range.— Mississippi drainage, irregularly distributed in the St. Lawrence drainage. Roseau River and Millwood, Assiniboine River, Manitoba. Lampsilis rectus Lamarck. Unio recta LAMARCK, Anim. s. Vert., VI, p. 74, 1819.—KUSTER, Conch. Cab., Mon. Unio, p. 35, pl. vi, fig. 1, 1852. Lampsilis rectus SIMPSON, Synopsis, p. 544, 1900. Range.— Entire drainage of the Mississippi and Alabama Rivers ; St. Lawrence system, Red River of the North, Roseau and Assiniboine Rivers in Manitoba! Lampsilis ellipsiformis Conrad. Unio ellipsiformis CONRAD, Mon., Vit, p. 60, pl. XXXIV, fig. 1, 1836. Unio spatulatus LEA (1845), Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., x, p. 80, pl. vim, fig. 22, ees ellipstformis SIMPSON, Synopsis, p. 557, 1900. Range.— Mississippi drainage north of Lat. 38°, St. Lawrence drainage, in part; Manitoba. Red River of the North! Lake Winnipeg, Manitoba. Lampsilis alatus Say. Unio alatus Say, Nicholson's Encycl., rst Am. ed., Art. Conchology, 11, pl. IV, fig. 2, 1817.—CONRAD, Mon., VII, p. 57, pl. XxxI, 1836. — a FAMILY UNIONID/ZE 127 Lampsilis (Propiera) alatus SIMPSON, Synopsis, p. 567, 1goo. Range. — Entire drainage of the St. Lawrence; of the Mississippi north of Arkansas; Alabama; Manitoba. Red River of the North! Lampsilis gracilis Barnes. Unio gracilis BARNES, Am. Journ. Sci., Ist ser., VI, p. 274, 1823.—SOWERBY, Conch. Icon., xvi, pl. XxXx1x, fig. 215, 1866. Lampsilts gracilis SIMPSON, Synopsis, p. 573, 1900. Range.— Eastern Texas; Mississippi, and St. Lawrence drainage ; Manitoba. Red River of the North! Genus Strophitus Rafinesque. Strophitus rugosus Swainson. Anodon rugosus SWAINSON, Zool. Ill., 1st ser., 1, pl. xcvi, 1822. Alasmodonta edentula Say, New Harmony, Diss., 11, No. 22, p. 340, 1829. Anodonta edentula FERUSSAC, Mag. de Zool., Guerin, 1835, p. 25. Strophitus edentulus CONRAD, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v1, p. 263, 1853. Anodonta undulata HILDRETH, Am. Journ. Sci., XIV, p. 290, 1828. Anodon areolatus SWAINSON, Zool, Ul., 2d ser., 1, pl. Xvitl, 1829. Anodonta wardiana LEA (1836), Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., v1, p. 46, pl. xiv, fig. 42, 1838. Anodonta tetragona LEA (1845), of. cit., X, p. 82, pl. vl, fig. 25, 1845. Anodonta arkansasensis LEA, op. cit., X1, p. 293, pl. XXIX, fig. 56, 1852. Anodonta shefferiana LEA, of. cit., X, p. 288, pl. xxvi, fig. 50, 1852. Anodonta showaltert LEA (1860), Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1862, p. 215, pl. xxxi11, fig. 284, 1862. Alasmodon rhombica ANTHONY, Am. Journ. Conch., I, p. 158, pl. 12, fig. 5, 1865. Anodonta salmonea CLESSIN, Conch. Cab., Mon. Anodonta, p. 91, pl. XxIv, figs. 1-2, 1873. Anodonta pavonia LEA. Range.—St. Lawrence system; the whole of the Mississippi drainage, Texas, Alabama, the Atlantic drainage; Manitoba. Red River of the North! Lake Winnipeg! Great Playgreen Lake ! Saskatchewan River. Genus Anodonta Lamarck. Anodonta beringiana Middendorff. Anodonta cellensis var. beringiana MIDD., Sib Reise, 11, p. 284, pl. xxv1ul, figs. 4-7, pl. xxIx, figs. 1-4, 1851. Anodonta youconensis LEA, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., x1, p. 81, 1867. Anodonta youkanensts LEA, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., n. s., v1, p. 287, pl. XL, fig. 99, 1868. Range. — Drainage into Bering Sea from Asia and America; also Cook Inlet drainage. Kenai Peninsula! Kuskokwim River near Redoubt Kolmakof! Yukon River below Anvik, in pools and quiet sloughs left by the 128 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS receding freshets! Avacha Bay, Kamchatka! Amur River! eastern Siberia and Mongolia. Anodonta kennerleyi Lea. Anodonta kennerleyi LEA, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Iv, p. 306, 1860; Journal, v, p. 108, pl. xvii, fig. 256, 1862. Range.— Puget Sound! British Columbia. Anodonta oregonensis Lea. Anodonta oregonensis LEA, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., vi, p. 80, pl. xx1, fig. 67, 1838. Margarita (Anodonta) oregonensis LEA, Synopsis, p. 30, 1837. Anodonta cognata GOULD, Proc. Boston Soc. N. Hist., 111, p. 294, 1850; Rep. on Moll. U.S. Expl. Exp., p. 435, pl. xxxvull, figs. 546, a-d, 1852. Range.— Northern California, Oregon and British Columbia ; eastward to Great Salt Lake, Utah. Vancouver Island, B. C., abundant near Victoria, and at Nootka; Sumas Lake, Fraser River valley, B. C. Shushwap Lake; Nicola Lake and Okanogan Lake, B. C.; Kadiak Island, Alaska (Fisher). Anodonta nuttalliana Lea. Anodonta nuttalliana LEA, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., vi, p. 77, pl. xx, fig. 62, 1838. Anodonta triangularits TRASK, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Calif., 1, p. 29, Feb. 19, 1855. Anodon triangularis SOWERBY, Conch. Icon., xvi, pl. xxIx, fig. 56 4, 1870. Lange.— California in the Sacramento River, and northward to British Columbia, Nootka and Clayoquot Sound, Vancouver Island; Chilliwak Lake, Nicola Lake and Shushwap Lake, British Columbia. Anodonta wahlamatensis Lea. Anodonta wahlamatensis LEA, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., vi, p. 78, pl. xx, fig. 64, 1838. Anodonta rotundovata TRASK, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Calif., 1, p. 29, 1855. Anodon rostratus SOWERBY, Conch. Icon., xvi, pl. 1, fig. 4, 1872. Anodonta laosensis FISCHER, Bull. Soc. N. Hist., d’Autun, p. 219, 1891. Anodonta rotundata SIMPSON, Synopsis, p. 629, in synonymy, 1900, not of Trask. Range. — Utah and westward, California to British Columbia in the Pacific. Nootka, Vancouver Island; Sumas Lake and Prairie, Fraser River valley, British Columbia. Anodonta marginata Say. Anodonta marginata Say, Nicholson’s Encyclop., 1st Am. ed., m1, Art. Con- chology, p. 19, pl. ul, fig. 5, 1817. FAMILY UNIONID = 129 Anodonta fragilis LAMARCK, Anim. s. Vert., v1, p. 85, 1819.—DELESSERT, Réc. Coq. Lam., pl. x111, figs. 2a, 24, 1841. Anodonta lacustris Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 84, 1857. Anodonta flava, pallida, glandulosa and irtsans ANTHONY, Am. Journ. Conch., I, pp. 161-3, pl. x1v—xv1, 1865. Anodonta subcarinata CURRIER, Am. Journ. Conch., 111, p. 113, pl. vi, fig. 5, 1867. Anodon exilis SOwERBY, Conch. Icon., xvi1, pl. xx11, fig. 84, 1869. Range. — Drainage of the St. Lawrence River basin, including the lakes. Anticosti Island, in lake near Becsia River, six miles inland! Battle Creek, Manitoba ! Anodonta implicata Say. Anodonta implicata Say, New Harmony, Diss., 11, No. 22, p. 340, 1822. — CLEssIN, Conch. Cab., ed. 11, Anodonta, p. 78, pl. xIx, fig. 3, 1873. Anodonta newtonensis LEA, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., v1, p. 79, pl. xx1, fig. 66, 1838. Anodonta housatonica LINSLEY, Am. Journ. Sci., 1845, p. 277. Range.— Atlantic drainage from Virginia northward, St. Law- rence drainage, Saskatchewan basin. Manitoba in Lake Winnipeg! and Souris River; lower Saskatche- wan River! Anodonta grandis Say. Anodonta grandis Say, New Harmony, Diss., 11, p. 341, 1829. —CLESSIN, Mon. Anod. in Conch. Cab., n. ed., p. 96, pl. xxx, figs. 1-2, 1873. Anodonta ovata LEA, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., vi, p. 2, pl. 1, fig. 2, 1838. Anodonta salmonea LEA (pathologic), Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., v1, p. 45, pl. XIV, fig. 41, 1838. Anodonta lewisti Lea, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., rv, p. 362, pl. Lx, fig. 187, 1860. Anodonta footiana LEA, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., vii, p. 225, pl. xx, fig. 44, 1842. Anodonta marryattiana LEA, op. cit., p. 226, pl. xx, fig. 45, 1842. Anodonta gigantea Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 1834, p. 1, pl. 1, fig. 1 (pathologic ? ). Anodonta grandis Simpson, Synopsis Naiades, pp. 641-644, Ig00 (with many synonyms). Range. — Entire Mississippi system and southwest to Texas; up- per St. Lawrence drainage ; Manitoba. Red River of the North! Shoal Lake; Souris River! Fairford River! and Lake Winnipeg, Manitoba ! Variety footzana Lea: Souris River, Manitoba! Nipegon River, Lake Hannah. Variety etgantea Lea: Manitoba. This variable and widely extended species is responsible for many synonyms cited by Mr. Simpson. It appears that the Manitoba and 130 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS perhaps the upper St. Lawrence localities may owe its presence to capture of part of the Mississippi drainage, owing to changes of level, elsewhere referred to. Anodonta kennicotti Lea. Anodonta kennicotti Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v, p. 56, 1861 ; Jour- nal, n. s., V, p. 214, pl. XxxIII, fig. 283, 1862. Anodonia simpsoniana LEA, op. cit., p. 56, 1861; p. 212, pl. xxx, fig. aoe Cae i! Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vit, p. 190, 1863; Journal, vi, p. 29, pl. x1, fig. 28, 1866. fange.— Upper and middle St. Lawrence system. Mackenzie drainage to Great Slave Lake. Lake of the Woods; Manitoba Lake; Lake Winnipeg! Grand Rapids of the Saskatchewan! Ekwan River, Keewatin; Fort Simp- son, Mackenzie River! Fort Erie and Fort Rae! Great Slave Lake; Buffalo Lake, Methy Portage, Saskatchewan. This is the most characteristic Naiad of the central Boreal region and reaches perhaps farther north (Lat. 63°) than any other species in American waters. Anodonta pepiniana Lea. Anodonta pepiniana LEA, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., v1, p. 96, pl. XVI, fig. 51, 1838. Lange.— Upper and middle St. Lawrence drainage, Saskatche- wan basin. Lake Winnipeg! Manitoba. Attawapiskat River, eastern Keewatin. Genus Gonidea Conrad. Gonidea angulata Lea. Anodonta angulata Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., v1, p. 97, pl. XVI, fig. 52, 1838. Anodon feminalis GOULD, Proc. Boston Soc. N. Hist., 111, p. 293, 1850 ; Moll. U. S. Expl. Exp., p. 436, pl. xxxvull, figs. 547, 2-3, 1852. Anodonta randalli Trask, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences Calif., 1, p. 28, 1855. Anodon biangulata SOwERBY, Conch. Icon., XvII, pl. xx1II, figs. 8, a—6, 1869. ange. — Central California, north to British Columbia and east- ward to Idaho. Columbia River near Fort Colville ! This singular shell hardly more than crosses the boundary, so far as reported. According to Stearns and Hemphill this species buries itself obliquely in the rather hard bed of rapid streams, so that the flattened posterior portion lies horizontally even with the bottom, and offers no resistance tothe current. Whether the flattening and consequent angu- lation of the valves is a modification due to the burrowing habit and the influence of its environment, or not, cannot yet be positively stated. FAMILY UNIONIDE I31 Genus Anodontoides Simpson. Anodontoides ferussacianus Lea. Anodonta ferussaciana LEA, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., v, p. 45, pl. vi, fig. 15, 1834. Anodonta buchanensis LEA, op. cit., p. 47, pl. XIV, fig. 43, 1838. Anodonta argentea LEA, op. cit., VIII, p. 223, pl. x1x, fig. 41, 1842. Anodonta ferruginea LEA, op. cit., VIII, p. 225, pl. XIX, fig. 43, 1842. Anodonta plicata HALDEMAN, Journ. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., vii, p. 201, 1842. Anodonta denigrata Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., x, p. 285, pl. xxv, fig. 45, 1852. Behiets oblita LEA, op. ctt., p. 46, pl. XXVIII, fig. 52, 1852. Anodonta subcylindracea LEA, op. cit., V1, p. 106, pl. XXxIv, fig. 117, 1838. Anodonta modesta LEA, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., n. s., Iv, p. 364, pl. LXIII, fig. 189, 1860. Range.— Mississippi drainage, St. Lawrence, Red River of the North, and Saskatchewan basins. Lake Winnipeg ! Lake of the Woods ! Genus Symphynota Lea. Subgenus Lasmigona Rafinesque. Symphynota costata Rafinesque. Alasmidonta costata RAFINESQUE, Ann. Gen, Sci. Brux., v, p. 318, pl. LXXxII, figs. 15, 16, 1820. Alasmodonta rugosa BARNES, Am. Journ. Sci., v1, p. 278, pl. xu, fig. 21, 1823. Lange. — Mississippi and St. Lawrence basins. Manitoba in Roseau River! Subgenus Pterosygna Rafinesque. Symphynota complanata Barnes. Alasmodonta complanata BARNES, Am. Journ. Sci., v1, p. 278, pl. xu, fig. 22, 1823. — BAKER, Moll. Chicago Area, I, p. 60, pl. vill, figs. 1-2, pl. Ix, figs. 1-4, 1898. Complanaria gigas SOWERBY, Conch. Manual, fig. 141, 1839; 2d ed., p. 115, fig. 141, 1842. Unio katherine Lea, Synopsis, p. 35, 1838; Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., v1, p. 143, 1839. Lake Superior. Range. — Mississippi drainage north of Arkansas on the west and Tennessee on the east; Upper St. Lawrence and its tributaries. The variety £athertze northward from Lake Superior to the Mackenzie and Keewatin. Lake Winnipeg! Shell River and Lower Saskatchewan! Nelson River drainage; Assiniboine River; Red River of the North! Battle River, Manitoba. 132 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Genus Margaritana Schumacher. Margaritana margaritifera Linné. Typical form : Mya margaritifera LINNE, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 671, 1758, Conch. Cab., v1, pl. Teil Seubs Alasmodonta arcuata BARNES, Am. Journ. Sci., v1, p. 277, pl. x1, fig. 20, 1823. Unio elongatus LAMARCK, Anim. s. Vert., vI, p. 70, 1819. Unio sinuata C. PFEIFFER, 1825; + U. roissyi Michaud, 1831; + U. sristis Morelet, 1845 ; + U. crassissimus (Klein) Lea, 1836. Unio (Alasmodonta) dahuricus MIDDENDORFF (1850), Sib. Reise, II, p. 275, pl. xxvl, figs. 3-5, 1851. Unio complanatus MIDDENDORFF, Sib. Reise, 11, p. 273, pl. XXvII, figs. 1-6, 1851. Unio mongolicus, MIDDENDORFF, Sib. Reise, 1, p. 277, pl. xxvu, figs. 7-8, 1851. Margaritana margaritifera SIMPSON, Synopsis, pp. 674-677 (ex parte), 1900. Margaritana margaritifera variety falcata Gould. Alasmodon falcata GouLp, Proc. Boston Soc. N. Hist., m1, p. 294, Nov., 1850; Wilkes’ Expl. Exp. Moll., p. 433, figs. 545, @-d, 1852. Unto falcatus SowERBy, Conch. Icon., xvi, Mon. Ujio, pl. Lxxv, fig. 390, 1868. Alasmodon yubaénsis TRASK, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., I, p. 30, 1855. Range of the type. —'The whole of northern Europe and western Siberia. In northeastern Asia from the Upper Amur basin and south- ern Mongolia, Kamchatka, and Sakhalin Island. In America on Anti- costi Island; Quebec Province, eastern Canada; New England and New York. Also, isolated from the eastern area by a wide gap, in the Lower Saskatchewan near Lake Winnipeg. Range of the variety. — California, in the Sierra, Plumas Co., at 7,400 feet above the sea! Sacramento River; Yuba River; Oregon ; Washington at Wallawalla; northwestern Montana in the headwaters of the Missouri! (only) above Fort Benton, but not reported lower down; Victoria and Nanaimo! Vancouver Island; Fraser River; Kakwous Lake (4,000 feet elevation) and streams in Lat. 50°, Brit- ish Columbia; Naha Bay, Alaska, abundant near sea level in small lake, Lat. 55°35 North! : The most obvious distinction between the typical form and variety falcata lies in the purple nacre of the latter, which is often extremely rich and beautiful, though in old cabinet specimens usually much faded. The specimens above the falls in the headwaters of the Mis- souri may have been captured with streams by orographic changes, or transported in the glochidium stage attached to fishes ; at any rate FAMILY UNIONIDA® 133 they are of the Pacific type, and are not found below the site of Fort Benton, so far as yet reported. It is quite evident that much scientific interest attaches to a thorough knowledge of the distribution of this species, with its possible relation to geologic changes and the results of glaciation. It is to be hoped that any data bearing on this matter will be carefully preserved and put on record by travelers and others in these regions. Genus Unio Retzius. Unio complanatus Solander. Mya complanata SOLANDER (after Lister, t. 150, fig. 5), in Cat. Portland Mu- seum, p. 100, No. 2190, 1786. — DILLWyn, Descr. Cat. Rec. Sh., I, p. 51; 1O17. Unto complanatus SIMPSON, Synopsis, pp. 720-5, 1900. Range. — Atlantic drainage from Georgia to the St. Lawrence _ system. Also in the Saskatchewan River. North shore of Lake Superior; Lake Nipissing, etc. Genus Quadrula Rafinesque. Quadrula plicata Say. Unio plicata SAY, Nicholson’s Encycl., rst Am. ed., Art. Conch., pl. 11, fig. I, 1817. Unio crassus BARNES, Am. Journ. Sci., vi, p. 118, 1823. Quadrula plicata SIMPSON, Synopsis, p. 767, Igoo. Unio hippopeus Lea, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., Iv, p. 163, 1845 (variety). Range.— Mississippi drainage from Arkansas and Tennessee northward; Western Michigan, Red River of the North, Lake Win- nipeg and the Saskatchewan. The variety 2zppopea occurs in Lakes Erie, Michigan, and Win- nipeg. Quadrula undulata Barnes. Unio undulata BARNES, Am. Journ. Sci., v1, p. 120, pl. 11, 1823. Unio costatus Say, Am. Conch., v1, No. 41, 1834; not of Rafinesque. Quadrula undulata SIMPSON, Synopsis, p. 769, 1900. Range. — Mississippi and St. Lawrence drainage generally, Texas and Alabama; Red River of the North; Lake Winnipeg; the Sas- katchewan River. Quadrula heros Say. Unio heros SAvY, New Harmony Diss., 11, No. 19, p. 291, 1829.—CONRAD, Mon., XII, p. 107, pl. LIx, 1840. Unio multiplicatus Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., rv, p. 70, pl. Iv, fig. 2, 1831. Range. — Nuevo Leon, Mexico; Tombigbee River, Alabama. The Mississippi system generally ; Red River of the North, Manitoba. 134 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Quadrula lachrymosa Lea. Unio lachrymosus LEA, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., 111, p. 272, pl. vi, fig. 8, 1827. Unio asperrimus LEA, op. cit., IV, p. 71, pl. Vv, fig. 3, 1831. Unio quadrulus Say, Am. Conch., vi, pl. Lit, 1834 ; not of Rafinesque. Quadrula lachrymosa SIMPSON, Synopsis, p. 776, 1900. Range.— Entire Mississippi drainage; various localities in the St. Lawrence system; Red River of the North, Manitoba, abundant. Quadrula rubiginosa Lea. Unio rubiginosus LEA, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., 111, p. 427, pl. vii, fig. 10, 1829. Unio flavus CONRAD, 1834. —Say, Am. Conch., v1, 1834. —CONRAD, Mon., 1X4 ps 74) ple XI, ise, O37. Unio trigonus SOWERBY, Conch. Icon., Mon. Uno, xvi, pl. LxIv, fig. 322, 1868. Quadrula rubiginosa SIMPSON, Synopsis, p. 786, 1900. ftange.— Entire Mississippi drainage; eastern Texas; St. Law- rence drainage; Red River of the North! Manitoba; Nelson River! Keewatin; Red and Roseau Rivers and Lake Winnipeg, Manitoba. Family SPHARIIDA. This family is reviewed in Trans. Wagner Institute, vol. m1, part VI, pp. 1439-60, and a summary of the arrangement adopted is also given in Proceedings Biological Society of Washington, xv1, pp. 5-8, 1903. This arrangement in effect is that which is adopted on the present occasion. The specific synonymy is mainly due to the late Temple Prime, who kindly named the Alaskan specimens collected previous to his death. Some later arrivals have been examined by Dr. Sterki. I have seen no specimens or figures of the species from Port Clarence named by Westerlund, and they are introduced on his author- ity. It is probable that a considerable reduction will eventually be had in the number of nominal species, especially of Corneocyclas. Genus Spherium Scopoli. Subgenus Spherium s. s. Spherium simile Say. Cyclas similis Say, Nicholson’s Encycl., 1st Am. ed., pl. 1, fig. 9, 1817. Cyclas sulcata LAMARCK, Anim. s. Vert., v, p. 560, 1818. Spherium sulcatum PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 33, fig. 25, 1865. Range. — United States, east of the Mississippi River; Canada; Manitoba. Lake Superior; Red River of the North; Lake Winnipeg; Pine FAMILY SPH/ERIIDZE 135 Creek and Fort Pelly, Manitoba; Lower Saskatchewan River at Grand Rapids ! Fic. 97. Spherium simile Say. This species is the Cyclas saratogea of Lamarck and has numerous other synonyms. It is the largest species of the group in North America, but, judging by the records, rather irregularly distributed. The Lamarckian locality is Lake George; Say’s specimens are from the vicinity of Philadelphia. Spherium striatinum Lamarck. Cyelas striatina LAMARCK, Anim. s. Vert., Vv, p. 560, 1818. Spherium striatinum PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic, p. 37, fig. 29, 1865. Range. — North America generally, east of the Sierra Nevada Mountains, from Alabama to the Upper Mackenzie. Hell Gate River (Columbia drainage), Montana ; Pe Humboldt River, Nevada (Hepburn) ; in Manitoba at Lake Winnipeg; Great Playgreen Lake; York Factory, Keewatin ; Pasqua Lake, Assiniboia ! Saskatchewan River at Grand Rapids! Mackenzie River at old Fort Simpson ! So far as the records indicate, the place of this species is east of the Rockies, but in at least two places it has been transferred to the head-waters of streams flowing westward. Inthe East it is perhaps the most common of the Sperza, taking much such a place as S. cormeum does in the European fauna. Fic. 98. Sphe- rium striatinum, * Spherium aureum Prime. Cyclas aurea PRIME, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., tv, p. 159, 1851. Spherium aureum PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic, p. 35, fig. 26, 1865. Range. — Lake Superior. It is probable that this species crosses the line into Canada, though not yet searched for in that region. Fic. 99. Spherium Spherium walkeri STERKI, Nautilus, xtv, p. 142, April, 1901. = aureum. Spherium walkeri Sterki. 136 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Range.— Frances Lake and Finlayson Lake, Yukon District, Liard River drainage (Dawson); Lake Michigan, 12 fathoms (Walker). Identified by Dr. Sterki, a species related to rhombotdeum and occé- dentale, but yet unfigured. Spherium solidulum Prime. Cyclas solidula PR1ME, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., rv, p. 158, 1851. Spherium solidulum PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 36, fig. 27, 1865. Range. — Eastern United States, from New Mexico and Louisiana to the Great Lakes, and Manitoba. In Manitoba, at Winnipeg, Brandon, and the Red River of the North; in Alberta, at Egg Lake. Spherium stamineum Conrad. Cyclas staminea CONRAD, Am. Journ. Sci., XXV, p. 342, pl. 1, fig. 5, 1834. Spherium stamineum Price, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 38, fig. 30, 1865. Range.— Eastern United States, northward to Fic. 100. Sphe- Manitoba. rium stamine- um Conrad. Manitoba (Hanham). The type locality for this species is Alabama. In 1865 Mr. Prime united with it the Cyclas fuscata of Rafinesque (Ohio) and the C. éulbosa Anthony from Arkansas. Later collectors have found it widely distributed over the eastern portion of the continent. Sphzrium rhomboideum Say. Cyelas rhomboida Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 380, 1822. Cyclas elegans ADAMS, Boston Journ, Nat. Hist., m1, p. 330, pl. 11, fig. 11, 1840. Sphaerium rhomboideum PRimME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 39, fig. 31, 1865. 103 Fic. 101. Sphertum rhomboideum Say. Fic. 102. Spherium dentatum Hald. Fic. 103. Sphertum fabale Prime. Range. — New England to Michigan, and northwestward. Lake Superior; Manitoba at Pine Creek and in Lake Winnipeg. FAMILY SPH/ERIIDZ 137 Left bank of the Yukon River, Alaska, 30 miles below the mouth of the Tanana! In duck’s crop at Pender Island, British Columbia. This attractive species is apparently sporadic or local in its habitats, but if intelligently sought for-would probably be found more often. It is not yet positively known from British Columbia, but there is little reason to doubt it will be found there when the fauna is better known. So far it seems to be rather rare everywhere. *Spherium dentatum Haldeman. Figure 102. Cyclas dentata HALDEMAN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. roo, 1841, Willamette River, Oregon. Spherium dentatum PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 40, fig. 32, 1865. Range.— California and Oregon. Spokane Falls, Washington. Spherium fabale Prime. Figure 103. Cyclas fabalis PRIME, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Iv, p. 159, 1851. Spherium fabalis PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 40, fig. 33, 1865. Range.— Eastern United States and northward, Battle River, Alberta. This species was originally described from specimens collected in Lake Superior by Louis Agassiz, but has since been recognized from Georgia, Virginia and Tennessee. It is remarkable for its compressed form and inconspicuous beaks. Spherium occidentale Prime. Cyclas ovalis PRIME, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Iv, p. 276, 1852, not of Férussac, 1807. Spherium occidentale PRIME, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1860, p. 295 ; Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 41, fig. 34, 1865. fange.— Northern United States, Vermont to Washington and northward. Hell Gate River (Columbia drainage), Montana! Lower Saskatchewan River, near Lake Winnipeg ; Spokane Falls, Wash. *Spherium nobile Gould. Fic. 104. Cyclas nobilis GouLD, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., v, p. 229, Spharium 1855; San Pedro, Cal. occidentale. Spherium nobile PRrME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 41, fig. 35, 1865. Range. — California, Washington, Idaho. Blackfoot River, Idaho! Seattle, Wash. This is not figured by Gould in Expedition Shells, as stated by Prime. It closely resembles S. dextatum Hald., but is less inflated, while the young are smooth. 138 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Spherium patella Gould. Cyclas patella GOULD, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., U1, p. 292, 1850; U. S. Expl. Exped. Moll., p. 426, pl. xxxv1, figs. 527, a-b, 1852. Spharium patella PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 42, fig. 36, 1865. Fic.105. Range. — Northern California to British Columbia. Speer Healdsburg, Calif. ! Wallawalla, Vancouver and Seattle, Se Wash.; Nanaimo, and in duck’s crop at Pender Island! British Columbia. Spherium emarginatum Prime. Cyclas emarginata PRIME, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Iv, p. 156, 1851. Spherium emarginatum PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 43, fig. 38, 1865. fange.— Lake Superior; Saskatchewan River at Grand Rapids, near Lake Winnipeg ! 106 107 Fic. 106. Spherium emarginatum Prime. Fic. 107. Sphertum flavum Prime. * Spherium flavum Prime. Cyclas flava PRIME, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Iv, p. 155, 1851. Spherium flavum PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 43, fig. 39, 1865. Range. — Lake Superior; Sault Ste. Marie, Mich. Spherium tumidum Baird. Spherium tumidum BAIRD, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1863, p. 69. — PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 44, 1865. Range.— Sumas Prairie, Fraser River valley, British Columbia. This species appears not to have been figured or subsequently recog- nized by collectors. Spherium spokani Baird. Spherium spokani BAIRD, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, for 1863, p. 69. — PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 44, 1865. Range. — Spokane and Kootenai Rivers, eastern British Columbia. Unfigured, and not recognized by later collectors. Spherium (Musculium) raymondi Cooper. Spherium raymondi J, G. COOPER, Proc. Acad. Sci. Calif., 2d series, 111, p. 74, pl. 1, figs. 1-8, 18go. FAMILY SPH/ERIID/ZE 139 Primella raymondi COOPER, of. cit., p. 82. Spherium cooperianum PRIME, Cat. Corbic., Am. Journ. Conch., v, p. 152, 1869, nude name. Range.— Alpine region of the Sierra Nevada, Calif., to 8,700 feet ; Seattle, Spokane Falls, and Chehalis River, Wash. ; Idaho ; Vancouver Island, British Columbia (Roper). Spherium (Musculium) partumeium Say. Cyclas partumeta SAy, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 380, 1822. Spherium partumeium PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 45, fig. 42, 1865. Range. — United States from Nebraska eastward, south to the Gulf of Mexico and north to Manitoba. Spherium (Musculium) jayanum Prime. Cyclas jayensis PRIME, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Iv, p. 157, 1851. Spherium jayanum PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 46, fig. 43, 1865. Range. — Northern United States from Iowa eastward, Canada, and northward. Fic. 108. Spherium jayanum Prime. Lake Superior; Fort Ellice, Manitoba; in Alberta at McLeod, Olds, Crow Lodge Creek, and Little Bow River. Spherium (Musculium) tenue Prime. Figure 109. Cyclas tenuis PRIME, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., p. 161, 1851. Andros- coggin River, Maine. Spherium tenue PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 47, fig. 44, 1865. Range. — Maine, Canada, British America and northern Alaska. Souris River, Manitoba; Saskatchewan River at Grand Rapids ; Upper Mackenzie River at old Fort Simpson! left bank of the Yukon, thirty miles below the Tanana River mouth, Alaska ! Spherium (Musculium) transversum Say. Figure 110. Cyclas transversa SAY, New Harm. Disseminator, 11, p. 356, 1829. Spherium transversum PRIME, Mon. Am, Corbic., p. 48, fig. 45, 1865. fange.—United States east of the Rocky Mountains and northward to Canada and Manitoba. 140 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Stomach of sturgeon, Great Playgreen Lake, Keewatin, N. Lat. 54°. 109 Fic. 109. Spherium tenue. Fic. 110. Spherium transversum Say, with foot and siphons extended. Fic. 111. Spherium lenticula. Spherium (Musculium) truncatum Linsley. Cyclas truncata LinsLEy, Am. Journ. Sci., vi, p. 234, fig. 3, 1848. Spherium truncatum PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 51, fig. 50, 1865. Range. — Eastern United States from Colorado to Maine, south to the Ohio River and northward to Athabaska. Methy Lake, Athabaska (Richardson). This species is quite similar to the European Cyclas calyculata, type of the subgenus, and was mistaken for it by C. B. Adams in 1841. Spherium (Musculium) lenticula Gould. Spherium lenticula (GouLD, MS.) Prime, Proc. Acad. Nat. Seis Phila., for 1860, p. 36 (syn. exclus.). Spherium lenticula (GOULD) PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 51, fig. 51, (syn. exclus.), 1865. Range.— Carson and Klamath Rivers, California ; Nanaimo, Van- couver Island, British Columbia. This species, named in MS. by Dr. Gould and described by Prime, is not the same as the Lucéna lenticula Gould, described from Patagonia in the Mollusca of the Exploring Expedition. The latter, by an en- graver’s error, was called onthe plate (but not in the text) Cyclas len- ticuda, and this seems to have misled Mr. Prime, who may not have had access to the text of this rare volume. * Spherium stagnicola J. de C. Sowerby. Cyclas stagnicola SowERBY, in Richardson, Fauna Bor. Am., Il, p. 316, 1836, Methy Lake, Athabaska. *Spherium medium J. de C. Sowerby. Cyclas media SOWERBY, of, cit., Methy Lake, Athabaska. The two names above cited from Sowerby are not described in Richardson’s work and I am unable to find any other reference to them in the literature. I presume they are undescribed. FAMILY SPH/ERIIDZE Iq!I * Spherium primeanum Clessin. Spherium primeanum CLESSIN, Malak. Blatt., xxv, p. 122, pl. v, figs. 1, a-d, 1878. Range. — Portland, Oregon; Seattle, Wash. This species, which has a remarkable resemblance to a Lornia, judging by the figure, is not otherwise known to me, but, if the local- ities given are correct, may also extend to British Columbia. Accord- ing to Roper it closely resembles S. rhombotdeum Say. Genus Corneocyclas Férussac. (+ Pisidium C. Pfeiffer.) Corneocyclas (Phymesoda) virginica Gmelin. Tellina virginica GMELIN, Syst. Nat., vI, p. 3236, 1792; based on Lister, Conch., pl. cirx, fig. 15, from Virginia. Cyclas dubia Say, Nicholson's Encycl., 1st Am. ed., pl. 1, fig. 10, 1817. Phymesoda dubia (SAY) RAFINESQUE, Ann. Gen. Sci. Phys., v, p. 319, 1820. Pisidium virginicum BOuRGUIGNAT, Amen. Mal., 1, p. 53, 1853. — PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 61, figs. 61, 62, 1865. : Range.— United States, east of the Rocky Moun- tains, northward to British America and Alaska. Lake of the Woods ; Manitoba; Yukon River, Alaska, thirty miles below the Tanana River mouth! also at Nulato! and the Mission! Lake Superior, near St. Ignace Id., in 8 to 13 fathoms (S. I. Smith). Fic. 112. Corneocyclas virginica. Corneocyclas (Phymesoda?) idahoénsis Roper. Pisidium idahoénse ROPER, Nautilus, tv, p. 85, Dec., 1896. Lange.— Old Mission, northern Idaho (Hemphill) ; Seattle, Wash. Stewart River, Yukon District, Dawson (fide Sterki). Corneocyclas (Phymesoda) scutellata Sterki. Pisidium scutellatum STERKI, Nautilus, x, p. 66, Oct., 1890. Range.— Lake Michigan to Montana; Lake Patten, Wash., Pine Lake, Mich.; Orchard Lake, Minn.; Sheldon, Montana; Frances Lake, Liard River, Yukon District (fide Sterki), collected by Daw- son in 1887. Corneocyclas equilateralis Prime. Pisidium c@quilaterale PRIME, Boston Journ, Nat. Hist., vi, p. = 366, pl. x11, figs. 23-25, 1852; Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 63, ian figs. 65-66, 1865. Fic. 113. Pisidium Range. — Maine to Michigan, northward and westward 44,7 ¢¢- to Alaska. vale Prime. 142 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Kotzebue Sound, Alaska! in marl associated with mammoth bones, at Elephant Point. Bering Island, Bering Sea! The specimens above referred to were identified for me by Mr. Prime. Corneocyclas (Cymatocyclas) compressa Prime. Pisidium compressum PRIME, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Iv, p. 164, 1851; Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 64, figs. 67-68, 1865. Lange. — Maine to California ; Canada, the Yukon. Lake Superior, near Ignace Id., in 4-6 fathoms ; White Pine, Nevada; Sierra Nevada to g,ooo feet near Summit, Calif.; Ventura Co., Calif. ; Vancouver Island, British Colum- bia (Raymond) ; Green Lake, Seattle, Wash. ; Stewart River, Yukon District (fide Sterki). Corneocyclas variabilis Prime. Fic. 114. Corneocyclas vartabilis Prime. Pisidium variabile PRIME, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., tv, p. 163, 1851 ; Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 66, figs. 69, 70, 1865. Range. — Eastern United States, north of Virginia ; Colorado, and northward; Seattle, Wash. Pine Creek, Manitoba ; Stewart River, Yukon District (fide Sterki) . Corneocyclas abdita Haldeman. Pisidium abditum HALDEMAN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 53, 1841.— PrimE, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 68, figs. 72, 73, 1865. Range.— North America, from Honduras northward to Alaska. Marl Lake, Anticosti! Lake Superior in 4 to 13 fathoms near Ignace Island; Manitoba; Assiniboia at Qu’Appelle! Alberta, at Laggan, Red Deer, Olds, McLeod, Battle River, up to 5,200 feet elevation; east slope of the Sierra Nevada up to 7,100 feet; in Colorado up to 9,300 feet; west slope of the Sierra below 5,300 feet in Califor- nia; Seattle, Wash. ; in Alaska at Seldovia, Cook Inlet! Coal Harbor! Unga Island, Shumagins, in small pools on the tundra; Akun Island! Aleutians; the Yukon River, 30 miles below the mouth of the Tanana! and Bering Island, Bering Sea! This is the most common and widespread species, out of the varieties of which many nominal species have been made. Fic. 115. Corneocy- clas abdita Hald. FAMILY SPHERIIDZE 143 * Corneocyclas abyssorum Stimpson. Pisidium (sp.) SMITH and VERRILL, Am. Journ, Sci., 1, p. 448, Dec., 1871. Pisidium abyssomus (StM.) Hoy, Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci., 1, p. 100, 1872 (err. typ.). Pisidium abditum var. abyssorum Stimpson, S. I. Smith in Rep. U. S. Fish Com. for 1872-3, p. 704, 1874. Pisidium abyssorum STERKI, Nautilus, x1, p. 124, March, 1898. Range. — Deep water of the Great Lakes, and of the lake region of northern Michigan and Minnesota. Lake Michigan; Lake Superior to a depth of 159 fathoms (food of Coregonus); Pine Lake, Mich.; Green Lake, Wisconsin. This is another of the extra-limital species which search will probably reveal in Lake Winnipeg and other northern lakes. Corneocyclas ventricosa Prime. Pisidium ventricosum PRIME, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Iv, p. 68, 1851; Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 72, figs. 79, 80, Wee, ie 1865. , Corneocyclas Range. — Massachusetts, Canada, and northward to Great Slave Lake. ventricosa. Corneocyclas rotundata Prime. Pisidium rotundatum PRIME, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., rv, p. 164, 1851; Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 72, figs. 81, 82, 1865. Range.— Lake Superior region; Manitoba; St. Paul py. 117. Island, Bering Sea! Corneocy- ee os las - Corneocyclas steenbuchii Moller. oe Cyclas steenbuchit MOLLER, Index Moll. Grénl., p. 20, 1842. Pisidium steenbuchii MOrcH, Am. Journ. Conch., Iv, p. 37, 1868; zéid., Rink’s Greenland, App., p. 440, 1877. tundata. Range.— Greenland, on the west coast! Iceland! Ungava, Lab- rador. This species appears to be unfigured, but there are specimens in the Jeffreys collection from Iceland as well as Greenland. It appears to belong to the section Cyclocalyx. Corneocyclas occidentalis Newcomb. Pisidium occidentale NEwcome, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4, p. 94, 1863. — PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 73, 1865. Range.—California to British Columbia. East slope of Sierra Nevada, in California, to’9,700 feet. Nanaimo, Vancouver Island, British Columbia; Spokane Falls, Wash. 144 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS This unfigured species has been regarded by Roper as only a muta- tion of C. addzta Haldeman. Corneocyclas ultramontana Prime. Pistidium ultramontanum PRIME, Mon. Am, Corbic., p. 75, fig. 85, 1865. Lange. — Canoe Creek, California; Seattle, Wash. ; Nanaimo, Vancouver Island, and Pender Island! British Fie. 118. Columbia Corneocyclas ; ultramonta- Corneocyclas arctica Westerlund. rn. Pisidium arcticum WESTERLUND, Vega Exp. Vetens. Iakt., Iv, p. 217, 1885. Range.— Port Clarence, Alaska. Corneocyclas nivalis Westerlund. Pisidium nivale WESTERLUND, of. cit., p. 218, 1885. Range. — Port Clarence, Alaska. Corneocyclas glacialis Westerlund. Pisidium glaciale WESTERLUND, op. cit., p. 218, 1885. fange. — Port Clarence, Alaska. * Corneocyclas sibirica Clessin. y Pisidium sibirtcum CLEssin, K. Svenska Vet. Ak. Forh., p. 70, fig. 23, 1877; Mon. /észdium, Conch. Cab., ed. 11, pl. vil, figs. 15-17, 1877. —WESTER- LUND, Fauna Pal. Reg., VI, p. 23, 1890. Range.— Western Siberia, on the Yenisei River to 60° 50’ N. Lat., ? Port Clarence, Alaska. * Corneocyclas borealis Clessin. Pisidium boreale CLESSIN, in Westerlund, Fauna Pal. Reg., vil, p. 32, 1890. Range. — Western Siberia at Lusino. ? Port Clarence, Alaska. The preceding five species are ascribed to Port Clarence on the authority of the literature solely. I have not seen specimens of any of them. I suspect that the C. szbzrzca and doreal’s reappear in the form of new species, among the three nominal species preceding them. Corneocyclas pulchella Jenyns. Cyclas pulchella JENYNS, Trans. Phil. Soc. Cambridge, 1832, p. 306, pl. x, figs., 1812; not of Deshayes, 1835, nor Gassies, 1849. —SOWERBY, in Richardson, Fauna Bor. Am., Ill, p. 316, 1836. Range.— Middle and Northern Europe to 69° N. Lat. Arctic America? Methy Lake, Athabaska (Richardson). FAMILY SPH/ERIIDZE 145 * Corneocyclas randolphi Roper. Pisidium randolphi Rover, Nautilus, 1x, p. 99, Dec., 1895. Range. — Seattle, Washington. This species is finely striated, very much like C. aéd¢ta in general form, but of a peculiar and unique greenish-yellow color. It may very likely extend into British Columbia. Corneocyclas (Tropidocyclas) henslowana Sheppard. Tellina henslowana SHEPPARD, Trans. Linn. Soc., XIv, p. 150, 1825. Cyclas appendiculata (LEaAcH MS.) Turron, Man., ed. 1, p. 15, pl. xv, fig. 6, 1831. —Sowerpy, in Richardson, Fauna Bor. Am., 111, p. 316, 1836. Pisidium henslowianum JENYNS, Mon. Cyclas, p. 20, pl. xx1, figs. 6, 7, 1832. Range. — Europe north of the Alps; Canada; British America. Hamilton Bay, Lake Ontario; Lake Superior to Lake Winnipeg (Richardson). The record from Richardson was naturally thought to be a misiden- tification, but the recent discovery in Lake Ontario of undoubted speci- mens of this species, leads to the belief that Sowerby, who certainly should have known a common British species, may after all have been correct. In closing the list of Spheriide I may be allowed to observe that so large a part of it is derived from the literature, and not from the present examination of specimens, that I do not feel the confidence in the validity of all the species, or the correctness of all the identifica- tions that I might have felt under other circumstances. Until the very numerous species which have been named among American Pisidia of late years, shall have been adequately illustrated and some knowledge gained of the range of variation in these minute forms, a healthy skep- ticism in regard to our population of this genus will doubtless continue to prevail among collectors of fresh water shells, BIBLIOGRAPHY Baird, W. 1863 Descriptions of some New Species collected at Vancouver Island and in British Columbia by J. K. Lord, Esq. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1863, pp. 66-71. Baker, F. C. 1904 New American Lymneas, 1. Nautilus, xvur, No. 6, Oct., 1904, pp. 62-3. Bell, Robert. 1859 On the Natural History of the Gulf of St. Lawrence and the distribu- tion of the Mollusca of Eastern Canada. Canadian Naturalist, rv, No. 3, June, 1859, pp. 197-200; and No. 4, Aug., 1859, pp. 241-242. Binney, W. G. 1861 Catalogue of Land and Freshwater Uniyalve Mollusks collected in British America by Messrs. Ross, Kennicott and Drexler, and deposited in the Smithsonian collection. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, for 1861, October, p. 330 (Extras p. 59). 1876 On the lingual dentition, jaw and genitalia of Carelia, Onchidella, and other Pulmonata. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, for 1876, pp- 183-192, pl. v1; also: Notes on Am. Land Shells, 1m, pt. 1, 1876. 1885 Manual of American Land Shells. Bulletin U. S. National Museum, No. 28. Washington, 1885, pp. 18-27. Boettger, Oscar. 1880 Schnecken der Hudson Bai. Nachrichtsbl. d. Deutschen Malak. Ges., XII, p. 32, 1880. Carpenter, Philip P. 1857 Report on the present state of our knowledge with regard to the Mollusca of the West Coast of North America. Extract from the Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science for 1856, London, Taylor and Francis, 1857, 8°, pp. 159-368, pls. vi-1x. Also printed separately with four preliminary leaves, London, 1857; cf. pp. 197-198. 1864 Supplementary Report on the present state of our knowledge with re- gard to the Mollusca of the West Coast of North America. London, Taylor and Francis, 1864. Extract from the Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science for 1863, 8°, pp. 517-686; cf. pp- 604-607. Also issued separately, and reprinted by the Smith- sonian Institution, in Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, No. 252) Dec., 1872, 8°, pp. 3-172. Christy, Robert Miller. 1885 Notes on the Land and Fresh Water Mollusca of Manitoba. Journal of Conchology (Leeds), rv, July, 1885, pp. 339-349. Cockerell, T. D. A. 1887 Letter to the editor. Conchologist’s Exchange, 11, p. 68, Nov., 1887. 147 148 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Cockerell, T. D. A., continued. 1891 The Slugs of British Columbia. The Nautilus, v, No. 3, July, 1891, pp. 30-32. Cooper, William. 1834 Dall, W. 1885 1885 1885 1886 1886 1899 1905 List of Shells collected by Mr. Schoolcraft in the Western and North- western Territory. Schoolcraft’s Narrative of an Exp. to Itaska Lake, App, pp- 153-156, 1834. H. Contributions to the Natural History of the Commander Islands, No. 1. Report on the Mollusca of the Commander Islands, Bering Sea, collected by Leonhard Stejneger in 1882 and 1883. Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum for 1884, v1, pp. 340-349, 1885. New or specially interesting Shells of the Point Barrow Expedition. Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum for 1884, vu, pp. 523-526, 1885. Report of the International Polar Expedition to Point Barrow, Alaska. Washington, Government Printing Office, 1885, 4°. Natural History, part vi. Report on the Mollusks, pp. 177-184, with plate. Report on the Mollusks collected by L. M. Turner at Ungava Bay, North Labrador, and from the adjacent Arctic seas. Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum for 1886, 1x, pp. 202-208. Contributions to the Natural History of the Commander Islands, No. vi. Report on Bering Island Mollusca collected by Mr. Nicholas Greb- nitzki. Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum for 1886, rx, pp. 209-219. The Mollusk-Fauna of the Pribiloff Islands. Extract from The Fur- seals and Fur-seal Islands of the North Pacific Ocean. Washington, Government Printing Office, 1899. 4°, Part 11, pp. 539-545, and map. On the relations of the Land and Freshwater Mollusk Fauna of Alaska and Eastern Siberia. Popular Science Monthly, vol. Lxv1, No. 4, Feb., 1905, pp. 362-366. Dawson, George Mercer. 1875 Land and Fresh Water Mollusca, collected during the summers of 1873- 1874, in the vicinity of the Forty-ninth Parallel, Lake of the Woods to the Rocky Mountains. British North American Boundary Commission, Report on the Geology and Resources of the region in the vicinity of Forty-ninth Parallel (etc), 1875, App. E., pp. 347-350. (? Dawson, J. W.) 1857 Description of some of the Fresh water Gastropods inhabiting the lakes and rivers of Canada. Canadian Naturalist, 11, No. 3, 1857, pp. 195-215. D’Urban, W. S. M. 1859-6 o Observations on the Natural History of the valley of the Riviére Rouge and surrounding townships in the Counties of Argenteuil and Ottawa. Canadian Naturalist, 1v, No. 4, Aug., 1859, pp. 252-256; v, No. 2, Apr., 1860, pp. 81-99. Dybowski, W. 1901 Studien ueber die Mollusken des Amur-gebietes. Nachrichtsbl. d. Deutschen Malak. Ges., xxxIII, pp. 129-144, Oct. 1901. BIBLIOGRAPHY 149 Dybowski, W , continued. 1903 Zur Kenntnis der Ostsibirischen Landschnecken. Nachrichtsbl. d. Deutschen Malak. Ges., xxxv, pp. 7-10, Feb. 1903. 1903 Beitrag zur Kenntniss du Mollusken-Fauna Kamtschatka’s. Annal. Mus. Zool. Imp. Acad. Sci. St. Petersburg, vill, 1903, pp. 40-55, with 8 figures in the text. Fabricius, Otho. 1780 Fauna Groenlandica. Lipsie, J. G. Rothe, 1780, 8°, pp. XVI, 452, 1 pl. Fulton, Hugh. 1905 On New Species of Helicarion, Ariophanta, Eulota (etc). Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. vir, vol. xv, Jan., 1905, pp. 91-93- Gebler, Friedrich August von. 1829 Sur le Musée de Barnaoul en Sibérie. Bull. Soc. Nat. de Moscow, 1, Pp- 51-59, 173-188, 1829. Gerstfeldt, G. 1859 Ueber Land- und Siisswasser-Mollusken Siberiens und des Amur-ge- bietes. Mémoires des savants étrangers, rx, pp. 507-548, pl. 1x, June, 1859. Imp. Acad. Sci. St. Petersburg. Graeser, Louis, see Mousson, Albert. Hanham, A. W. 1899 A list of the Land and Fresh Water Shells of Manitoba. The Nautilus, x11, No. 1, May, 1899, pp. 1-6. Heron, Gilbert Clifford. 1880 Onthe Land and Fresh-water Shells of the Ottawa. Transactions of the Ottawa Field Naturalist’s Club, 1, 1880, pp. 36-40, pl. 11, figs. 3-8. Krause, Aurel. 1883 Einige Landschnecken von der Tschuktschenhalbinsel und aus den Sudéstlichen Alaska. Sitzungs-bericht der Ges. Naturf. Freunde zu Berlin, 1883, No. 3, pp. 31-37- Krynicki, Johann. 1837. Bull. Soc. des Nat. de Moscou, x, p. 57, 1837. Latchford, F. R. 1882 Notes on the Ottawa Unionide. Transactions of the Ottawa Field Naturalist’s Club, 11, 1882, pp. 48-57, and plate. 1886 Observations of the Terrestrial Mollusca of Ottawa and Vicinity. Ottawa Field Naturalist’s Club, 11, No. 2, pp. 1-21, 1886. 18g0 Report of the Conchological Branch. Ottawa Naturalist, 1890. Extra copies pp. 1-7. 1895 Casselman Shells. Ottawa Naturalist, rx, No. 7, Oct., 1895, p. 156. 1896 Notes on Recent Canadian Mollusca. Ottawa Naturalist, x, No. 1, April, 1896, pp. 14-16. Latchford, F. R._, and Fletcher, J. 1894 Report of the Conchological Branch. Ottawa Field Naturalist’s Club, 1893. Ottawa Naturalist, vi11, No. 6, Sept., 1894, pp- 97-98. Latchford, F. R., and Poirier, P. 1884 Report of the Conchological Branch (for 1883). Transactions of the Ottawa Field Naturalist’s Club, 11, No. 1, 1884, pp. 130-134. 150 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Latchford, F. R., and Poirier, P., continued. 1884 Report of the Conchological Branch (for 1884). Transactions Ottawa Field Naturalist’s Club, 1, No. 2, 1884, pp. 263-266. 1887 Report of the Conchological Branch (for 1885). Transactions Ottawa Field Naturalist’s Club, 11, No. 3, 1887, pp. 350-351. Lea, Isaac. 1861-62 Descriptions of two New Species of Anodonta from Arctic America. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, x1, p. 56. March, 1861; also Journ. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, v, pp. 212-214, pls. XxxID xxx, 1862. 1867-68 Descriptions of five New Species of Unionide and one Paludina of the United States. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, xrx, p. 81, 1867 ; also Journ. Acad. Nat. Sciences, vi, p. 287, pl. rx, 1868. Lehnert, E. 1884 Alaska Plants and Shells. Science Record (Boston, Mass.), 11, No. 8, Ppp- 171-172, June 16,1884. Lord, John Keast. 1866 The Naturalist in Vancouver Island and British Columbia. London, Richard Bentley, 1866, 2 v.,8°. Cf. Volume 11, Appendix, pp. 356-370, Maack, R. 1853 Notizen ueber einiger Land- und Siissw.-Mollusken, etc., mit Zusatz von Dr. A. Th. von Middendorff. Bull. Phys. Math. Akad. Imp. des Sci., St. Petersburg, x1, p. 372, 1853 ; Mélanges Biol., 1, pp. 8-18, and 19-22, 1853. Martens, Carl Eduard von. 1855 Ueber der Verbreitung der Europaeischen Land- und Siisswasser-Gaster- opoden. Inaugural dissertation, Tiibingen, 1855, pp. 144, 8°. 1872 Conchylien aus Alaschka. Malakozoologische Blatter, x1x, pp. 78-8o. 1872. 1882 [Shells of the Krause Expedition.] Sitzungsbericht der Ges. Naturf Freunde zu Berlin, 1882, No. 9, pp. 138-143. 1885 Binnen Mollusken aus Mittel- und Ost-Asien. Conchol. Mittheil., 1, heft v, pp. 179-185, 1885. Mayer, Charles. 1869 [Mollusca of the Plant beds] Heer, Flora fossilis Alaskana; Kong. Svensk. Vetensk.-Akad. Handl., n.ser., vi1, pp. 40-41, pl. x, figs. 7-13, 1869. Middendorff, A. Th. von. 1851 Sibirische Reise. Siisswasser und Land Mollusken, 11, Th. 1, pp. 273- 308, 389-433, 1851. 1851 Beschreibung einen neuen Molluskenarten, nebst einem Blicke auf den geographischen Charakter den Land- und Siisswasser-Mollusken Nord Asiens. Bull. Phys. Math. Akad. Imp. des Sci. St. Petersburg, 1x, pp. 108-112, 1851. Mélanges Biol., 1, pp. 160-164, 1851. See also Maack, R. Moller, H. P. C. 1842 Index Molluscorum Groenlandiz. Hafnie, C. A. Reitzel, 1842, 8°, pp. 26. BIBLIOGRAPHY I5i Morch, 0. A. L. 1868 On the Land and Fresh Water Mollusca of Greenland. Amer. Jour. Conch., Iv, pp. 25-40, pls. 111, rv, 1868. 1857. Prodromus Fauna Molluscorum Grénlandie. Rink’s Greenland, App., pp- 75-100, 1857. A second edition, revised and augmented, in the Arctic Manual, London, 1875, pp. 124-135. 1877. The Greenland Fauna, tv, Mollusca. Rink’s Danish Greenland, Lon- don, 1877, Appendix, pp. 435-442- Morelet, Arthur. 1858 Coquilles Terrestres du Kamtchatka. Journal de Conchyliologie, vir Juillet, 1858, pp. 7-9. Mousson, Albert. 1887 Coquilles Terrestres et Fluviatiles recueillies par M. Louis Graeser dans le bassin de l’Amour (etc.). Journal de Conchyl., xxxv, pp. 10-32, Jan., 1887. Nore.— This paper was only discovered after the completion of the present memoir. Nearly all the species mentioned in it are from the upper waters of the Amur River, or from Vladivostok. Sxccinea insu- Zaris Mousson, from an island at the mouth of the Amur, is the only addition to the species properly belonging to the Primorski province, treated of in my discussion of the species of the Northeast coast of Siberia, but several are added to the list of Mongolian elements of the fauna of the Amur drainage. Nylander, Olof 0. 1899 A list of Shells from Northeastern Maine. The Nautilus, x11, No. 8, Dec., 1899, pp. 102-106. igor Distribution of Limnea emarginata Say, and the variety Mighelsit Binney, in Fish River, Aroostook Co., Maine. 8°, pp. 1-4, pl. I-1v, Caribou, Maine, the author, 1go1. Pilsbry, H. A. 1888 Lyogyrus, Gill, and other American Shells. Conchologist’s Exchange, Il, p. 113, 1888. 1898 Descriptions of new species and varieties of American Zonitide and Endodontide. The Nautilus, x11, No. 8, Dec., 1898, pp. 85-87. 1899 New and little known species of Pristiloma. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, for 1899, pp. 185-187, pl. rx. 1899 Remarks on the American species of Conulus. The Nautilus, x1, No. 10, Feb., 1899, pp. 113-117. 1899 Notes on a few Northwest American Land Snails. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, for 1899, pp. 314-315. Poirier, Pascal. 1883. Report of the Conchological Branch (for 1882). Transactions Ot- tawa Field Naturalist’s Club, 1, No. 4, 1883, p. 74. Posselt, Henrik J. 1898 Conspectus Fauna Grénlandice. Meddelelser om Groénland, xx11, pp. xx, 298, 2 pl. andi map. 8°. Kjébenhayn, Bianco Luno, 1898; cf pp. 257-268. 152 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Provancher, Léon. 1890 Les Mollusques de la Province de Quebec. Le Naturaliste Canadien, xxul, No. 9, Mar., 1890, pp. 184-187, and No. 10, April, pp. 203-205. Rackett, Thomas. 1822 Descriptions of some Shells found in Canada. Transactions Linnean Soc., XII, pp. 42-43, 1822. Randolph, P. B. 1899 Collecting Shells inthe Klondike country. The Nautilus, x11, No. 10, Feb., 1899, pp. 109-112. Reinhart, J. 1883 Die von den Herren Gebriider Krause auf ihrer Reise gesammelten Pupa-, Hyalina-,und Vallonia-arten. Sitzungsbericht der Ges. Naturf. Freunde zu Berlin, 1883, No. 3, pp. 37-43: Schrenck, Leopold von. 1867 Reisen und Forschungen im Amurlande in den jahren 1854-1856. 11, (3): Mollusken des Amurlandes und des Nordjapanisches Meeres. St. Petersburg, K. Akad. der Wissenchaften, 1867, 4°, pp. 259-976. Sheppard, Mrs., of Woodfield 1829 On the Recent Shells which characterize Quebec and its environs. Trans. Literary and Scientific Society of Quebec for 1829, 1, pp. 188-198. Shimek, B. 1893 List of the Shells collected on the Lower Saskatchewan in 1892 by C. C. Nutting. Bulletin University of Iowa, Nat Hist., 11, 1893, pp. 291-292. Cf. also Ottawa Naturalist, x, p. 15, 1896. Siemaschko, Julian Marc von. 1849 Bemerkungen ueber einige Land- und Siisswasser-Mollusken Russ- lands. Bull. Phys. Math. Akad. Imp. des Sci. de St. Pétersbourg, vir, 1848, pp. 225-240, 1849. Small, H. B., and Symes P. B. 1882 Report of the Conchological Branch (for 1881). Transactions Ottawa Field Naturalist’s Club, 1, No. 3, 1882, pp. 57-59. Sowerby, James de Carle. 1836 Mollusca. Richardson, Fauna Boreali-Americana, 111, p. 315, London, 1836. Taylor, George W. 1889 The Land Shells of Vancouver Island. Ottawa Naturalist, 11, No. 3, pp- 84-94, 1889. 1891 Land Shells of Vancouver Island. The Nautilus, v, No. 8, Dec., 1891, PPp- 91-92. 1893 Land and Freshwater Shells in the Rocky Mountains. The Nautilus, vu, No. 8, Dec., 1893, p. 85. 1895 The Land and Freshwater Shells of Alberta. Ottawa Naturalist, rx, No. g, Dec., 1895, pp. 173-178. 1897 Planorbis nautileus in America. The Nautilus, x, No. 12, pp. 139-140, April, 1897. Taylor, John W. 1885 Description of a New Species of Planorbis from Manitoba. Journal of Conchology, 1v (Leeds), 1885, p. 351- BIBLIOGRAPHY 153 Tryon, George W. 1865 Descriptions of New Species of North American Limneide. Amer. Journ. Conch., 1, p. 231, 1865. Vanatta, E. G. 1896 The Geographic Distribution of Planorbis umbilicatellus. The Nautilus, 1x, No. 10, Feb., 1896, p. 117. Westerlund, Carl Agardh. 1883. Von der Vega Exp. in Asien gesammelten Binnen Mollusken. Nach- richtsbl. d. Deutschen Malak. Ges., xv, pp. 48-59, April, 1883. 1885 Land och S6tvatter Mollusker, insamlade under Vega-expeditionen. Vega Exped. Vetenskapliga Iakttagelser, 1v, pp. 141-220, 1885. Whiteaves, J. F. 1863. On the Land and Freshwater Mollusca of Lower Canada. Canadian Naturalist, Feb., 1863, pp. 50-65. April, pp. 98-107. Extra copies pp. 1-31, 1863. 1880 List of Freshwater Mollusca from Manitoba and the valley of the Nelson River. Geological Survey of Canada, Report of Progress for 1878-79, Montreal, 1880. Report of Explorations of the Churchill and Nelson Rivers, by Robert Bell. Appendix, m1, pp. 61-62, c. 188r Mollusca. Geological Survey of Canada. Report of Progress for 1879- 80, Montreal, 1881. Report on Hudson’s Bay, by Robert Bell. Ap- pendix, Iv, pp. 75-76, c. 1887. On some Marine Invertebrata dredged, or otherwise collected, by Dr. G. M. Dawson, in 1885, on the coast of British Columbia, with a sup- plementary list of afew Land and Fresh Water Shells (etc.) from the same region. Transactions Royal Society of Canada for 1886, rv, section rv, 1887, pp. 111-137, with 4 text-figures. 1895 Notes on Recent Canadian Unionide. Canadian Record of Science, vi, No. 5, Jan., 1895, pp. 250-263. 1895 Additional notes on Recent Canadian Unionide. Canadian Record of Science, v1, No. 5, Jan., 1895, pp. 365-366. 1895 Recent Mollusca from the headwaters of the Ottawa. Ottawa Natural- ist, 1x, April, 1895, p. 22. gor Notes on some Land and Freshwater Mollusca from Fort Chimo, Ungava Bay, Ungava. Ottawa Naturalist, x1v, No. 12, Mar., 1901, pp. 221-223. 1902 Notes on some Fresh Water and Land Shells from Keewatin, Northern Ontario and British Columbia. Ottawa Naturalist, xvi, 1902, pp. 91-92. 1905 Notes on some Freshwater Shells from the Yukon Territory. Nauti- lus, x1x, No. 1, pp. 1-3, May, 1905. 1905 Lists of a few species of Land and Freshwater Shells from the immedi- ate vicinity of James Bay, Hudson Bay. Nautilus, xrx, No. 1, p. 4, May, 1905. PLATE I. (The figures are natural size.) Fic. 1. Lymnaea preblet Dall. The reflected margin of the aperture below the umbilicus is somewhat broken. See p. 70. 2. A younger specimen of the same species from behind. 3. Lymnea randolphi F. C. Baker; p. 71. 4. The same species, another specimen, from behind; p. 71. (154) —_— EE Tl PLATE Iz. (The specimens are figured natural size except when otherwise stated. ) Valvata helicotdea Dall, magnified four diameters. The umbilicus FIGs. 1, 2. is partly hidden by a calcareous deposit; p. 123. 3: Lymnea petersi Dall; p. 66. 4,5. Lymnea anticostiana Dall; p. 79. 6. Lymnaea ? perpolita Dall; p. 78. 7,9. Lymnea atkaénsis Dall; p. 66. 8. Lymnea ? perpolita Dall, magnified two diameters; p. 78. 10, 11. Planorbula christy? Dall, magnified two diameters; p. 99. (156) INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES New genera and species and the pages on which they are described are in black-face type; synonyms in parenthesis; pages where synonymy of known species or genera is given in ¢fadics; varietal names are treated as specific for the purposes of the Index. Acanthinula 21 aculeata 21 harpa (22) Acella (60), 64, 72 kirtlandiana 72 Achatinide 33 Acmea II3 Acroloxus 708, 109 Acroxus (108) Adelina (60) elegans 60 Adula (82) Agriolimax 45 agrestis 45 berendti 46 campestris 46 hyperboreus 45 Alasmidonta costata (131 Alasmodon falcata (132) rhombica (127) yubaénsis (132) Alasmodonta arcuata (132) complanata (131) dahurica (132) rugosa (131) Amalia 46 gagates 46 hewstoni 46 Ameria Iol Amnicola 777 cincinnatiensis 778 emarginata 778 granum (118) hindsii (119) lapidaria (119) limosa 777 pallida 777 porata (117) Amnicolide 777 Amphibina 55 avara 55 pfeifferi 55 Amphibulima (55) cuculata 55 patula 55 Amphibulimus (55) Amphibulina (55) Amphipeplea 78 Amplexa (104) Amplexis (22) Amplexus (22), (104) Anceus (82) Ancylastrum s08, 109 cumingianus 108 Ancyllus (108) Ancylus 11, 707, (108), 109 caurinus (110) cumingianus 108, 109 fluviatilis 107, 108, Log fragilis ro fuscus 109 kootaniensis 470 lacustris 107, 108, 109 newberryi 109 parallelus 770 patelloides 10g radiatus 108 rivularis 70g, (IIo) Anguispira alternata (49) bruneri (52) Angustula milium (32) Anisopsis (81), 85 Anisus 81, (82), 84 Anodon areolatus (127) biangulata (130) exilis (129) (157) 158 Anodon feminalis (130) rostratus (128) rugosus (127) triangularis (128) Anodonta 727 angulata (130) argentea (131) arkansasensis (127) beringiana Io, 727 biangulata (130) buchanensis (131) cellensis (127) cognata (128) dallasiana (130) denigrata (131) edentula (127) feminalis (130) ferruginea (131) ferussaciana (130) flava (129) footiana (129), 129 fragilis (129) gigantea (129) glandulosa (129) grandis 729 housatonica (129) implicata 729 irisans (129) kennerleyi 728 kennicotti 730 lacustris (129) laGsensis (128) lewisii (129) marginata 128 marryattiana (129) modesta (131) newtonensis (129) nuttalliana 728 oblita (131) oregonensis s28 ovata (129) pallida (129) pavonia (127) pepiniana 730 plicata (131) randalli (130) rotundata (128) rotundovata (128) salmonea (127), (129) INDEX Anodonta shaefferiana (127) showalteri (127) simpsoniana (130) subcarinata (129) subcylindracea (131) tetragona (127) triangularis (128) undulata (127) wahlamatensis 728 wardiana (127) youconensis (127) youkanensis (127) Anodontoides 130 ferussacianus 430 Ansulus (108) Ansylus (108) Aplecta (104), 106 Aplexa 100, 102, 704, 105, 107 hordacea 103 hypnorum 12, 104, 105, £06, 107 Aplexus (104) hypnorum 107 Arctonchis 112 borealis 112 Arianta arbustorum 21 Ariolimax 34, 35, 47 columbianus 47, 48 maculatus 48 steindachneri g8 stramineus 48 Arion andersoni (46) foliolatus (47) Arionide 46 Arionta ptychophora (25) Armiger 83, 86 crista 96 Arnouldia (40) fulva (41) Aulaca (21) Auricella (115) Auricula (115) Auricularia (60) Auriculide 175 Auriculina (115) Bathyomphalus 8&3, 86 Bifidaria 27 armifera 27 contracta 27 aa GED eee eeslprmets eanegeinaasanag INDEX Bifidaria holzingeri 28 pentodon 28 Bornia 141 Brachyspira (55) Brondelia 109 drouetiana 109 Buccinum palustre 62, (76) truncatulum 62, (72) Buliminus obscurus 41 Bulimnea (60), 63 megasoma 67, 70 Bulimulus pilula 79 Bulimus (104), 105, (115) harpa (21) hypnorum (106) lubricoides (33) Bulinus (100), (tor), (104), 105, 107 hordaceus (104) hypnorum 107 perla 105 pictus 107 senegalensis 105 turritus 105 Bulla (104) fontinalis 99, 100 hypnorum 104, 105, (106) turrita (106) Bullinus (100), (104) fontinalis 100 turritus (106) Bythinella obtusa 118 Bythinia 105 Caillaudia (81) angulata 81 Campeloma 124 decisum 124, 125 Carinifex 63 Carychium 775, 116 exiguum I15, £76 exile 7/6 minimum II5 Cepwa hortensis (20) Chilostoma (22) Chlamydea 36 Choanomphalus 62 Cincinna (120) Cincinnatia cincinnatiensis 118 Cionella lubrica (33) Circinaria (22), 33 chocolata 34 hemphilli 35 hybrida 35 sportella 34, 375 vancouverensis 25, 34, (35) voyana 35 Circinariide 33 Cobresia (35), 121 Cochlicopa 33 lubrica 33 Cochlohydra (55) Complanaria gigas (131) Concinna (120) Conulus (39) alaskensis 41 arcticus (45) chersinus (41) fulvus (40), (41) trochiformis (41) Coretus (80), (81), 83 Corneocyclas 3, 134, I41 abdita 742, 143, 145 abyssorum 143 wquilateralis rgz arctica /4¢ borealis 74g compressa /42 glacialis 744 henslowana 745 idahoénsis 7gr nivalis 74¢ occidentalis 743 pulchella zg randolphi 74¢ rotundata 743 scutellata rgz sibirica 744 steenbuchii 743 ultramontana /44 variabilis 742 ventricosa 743 virginica 747 Cornu (S81) Costatella (100), vor Costella (100) Cumingia (108) Cyclas appendiculata (145) aurea (135) 709 160 Cyclas bulbosa 136 calyculata 140 dentata (137) dubia (141) elegans (136) emarginata (138) fabalis (137) flava (138) fuscata 136 jayensis (139) lenticula 140 media (140) nobilis (137) ovalis (137) partumeia (139) patella (138) pulchella (144) rhomboida (136) saratogea (135) similis (134) solidula (136) stagnicola (140) staminea (136) steenbuchii (143) striatina (135) sulcata (134) tenuis 139 transversa (139) truncata (140) Cyclocalyx 143 Cyclolimnza 64 Cyclostoma lapidaria (119) tricarinata (121) Cymatocyclas compressa 142 Dentati 97 Dentatus (97) Diastropha (99) contorta 100 Diplodiscus (82), 85, 86 Discoidina (83) Discus (97) Drepanotrema 82, 86 Endodontide 49 Enydra (99) Epiphragmophora 21 fidelis 21 Erinna (61), 62, 65 INDEX Erinna newcombi 61, 65 Euconulus 39, 40, 45 fabricii 41, 42 fulva 42 fulvus 39, (40), (41) trochiformis go, 41, 42 Euhadra fiscina Ir Eulimneus (61) Eulota fiscina Ir flexibilis 11 weyrichi II Ferrissia 109 parallelus 110 rivularis I10 Ferussacia subcylindrica (33) Fluminicola 779 nuttalliana 77g virens r79 Fossaria (61) Galba (60), 62, 64 desidiosa 73 galbana 73 holbolli 74 humilis 73 truncatula 72 vahlii 74 Gallandia (36) Gastrodonta 43 gularis 43 Giraulus (83) Glaphyra (22) Glyptophysa tor Gonidea 130 angulata 130 Goniobasis 776, 117 plicifera 776, 117 silicula 776, 117 Gonyodiscus 50 striatella (50) Gulnaria (60) Gundlachia 708, 109 ancyliformis 108 Gyraulus 83, 86 deflectus 94 hirsutus 93 Gyrorbis (82), 85, (120) Gyrulus (83) ca chee aa Haldemania (108) Haldemanina 97, 98 Helicide 3, 19, 20 Helicodiscus 52 lineatus 52 Helicogona subpersonata II Helicolimax (35), (36) Helisiga (55) sanctehelene 55 Helisigna (55) Helisoma 87, 84, 85 bicarinatus 87 Helix 20, (39), (59), (115) albolabris (26) alternata (49) amarula 59 amurensis (21) arborea (42) arboreus (42) arbustorum (21) asiatica (23) asteriscus (51) attenuata 54 auricularia (60) baskervillei (24) belcheri 54 bidentata 41 breweri (42) chersina (41), 42 columbiana (24) conspecta (53) cooperi 52 cornea 8o, 81 corneus 80 costata (23) crenella (23) cronkhitei (50) devia (24) dubia (49) egena (41), 42 electrina (38) engonata (87) fabricii (41) fidelis (21) floccata 51 fulva (40) germana (25) gularis (43), 44 hammonis (38), 42 INDEX Helix harpa (21) haydeni (52) hortensis 20 indentata (39) labiosa (24) labyrinthica (27) limitaris (49) lineata (52) lubrica (33) lucida (42) mandralisci (40) milium (43) minuscula (43) minuta (22) minutissima (53) monodon (26) morsei (39) mortoni (40) nitida 41, (42) nitidula (39), (40) nuttalliana (21) paludosa (22) pellucida 35, (36) planorbis (80), 81 ptychophora (25) pulchella (22), (23) putris 55 pygmea (53) radiatula (38) rudis 54 solitaria (49) spirorbis 83 sportella (35) stagnalis 59, (60), (62), (65) Striatella (50) strigosa (51) subglobosa (20) townsendiana (25) trochiformis (40) trochilus (40) trochulus (40), 41 vancouverensis (34) vellicata (34) virgata 52 Hemithalamus (97) nitidus 97 Hemphillia 48 camelus ¢8 glandulosa ¢8 161 - 102 Heterodiscus (82), 83 Hippeutes (82) Hippeutis 82, 86, (97) Hyalina (35), (39) arborea (42) arctica (45) binneyana (39) binneyi (39) fulva (40), (41) indentata (39) nitida (42) pellucida (38) viridula (38) Hyalinia (39) fulva (40) trochiformis (41) Telskia (120) Isidora 100, IOI, 105 wahlbergi IoI Isthmia ventricosa (31) pygmea 33 Jelskia (120), 121 Levapex Io09 fragilis 110 kootaniensis Ifo Lampsilis 725 alatus 726, 127 borealis 126 ellipsiformis 126 gracilis 727 ligamentinus 126 luteolus 725 radiatus 126 rectus 726 superiorensis 125 ventricosus 125 Lantzia. See Erinna. Lanx 109 Lasmigona 131 Leachia (60) stagnalis 60 Legrandia (108) Le Liri 111 Leptolimnza glaber 64 Leptolimnea (60), 62, 64 elongata 60 INDEX Leptolimnea glaber 60 Leptolimneus (61) glaber 61 Limacide 45 Limacina (35) Limax agrestis (45) berendti 46 columbianus (47) hemphilli 46 hewstoni (46) hyperborea (45) Limnza (60), (61), 62, (105) ampla (68), (69) angulata (68) arctica (75) binneyi (69) bulimoides (79) canadensis (69) decisa (125) decollata (68) elodes (76) elongata (75) emarginata (69) exilis (72), 77 ferruginea (72) glabra 61 gronlandica (75) haydeni (76) holbolli (74) kingi 61 kirtlandiana (72) lanceata (72) leucostoma (75) megalosoma (67) megastoma (67) mighelsi (€8) minor (75) mdlleri (75) nuttalliana (76) philadelphica (74) plebeia (76) proxima (76) scalaris (69) senegalensis (75) stagnalis (65) traski (74) umbilicata (79) vahlii (74) velutina 61, 65 INDEX Limnezus decollatus (68) elodes (76) elongatus (77) Limnea (60) adeline (78) caperata (79) catascopium (68) cochlea (59) columella (70) desidiosa (73) expansa (76) fragilis (76) galbana (74) gracilis 60 humilis (73) megasoma 60, (67) serrata (69) Limneus (60) desidiosus (73) emarginatus (68) minutus (72) ontariensis (68) palustris (76) stagnalis (60) umbrosus (77) Limnophysa (60), 62 holbolli (74) palustris 60 senegalensis 75 vahlii (74) Limnus (61) Liria (111) Liriola 277 thersites III Lucena (22), 55 oblonga 55 pulchella 55 Lucina lenticula 140 Lymnea 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 66, 68, 72, 100, 102 acuta 80 adeline 78 ampla 71, 72 anticostiana 79 appressa (65) arenaria 63 atkaénsis 66 auricularia 60, 61, 62, 64 binneyi 69, 70 163 Lymnza bulimoides 78, 79 canadensis 68 caperata 79 catascopium 77, 78, 79 columella 70 desidiosa 73, 75, 80 emarginata 68, 69 expansa 77 ferruginea 73 fossaria So galbana 73 glaber 60, 62 glabra 60 gracilis 64 haydeni 77 holbolli 74 humilis 73 involuta 64 jugularis (65) kingi 64 kirtlandiana 72 lagorii 61, 63 lanceata 72 lepida 67 malleata 75 megasoma 63, 67, 70 mighelsi 68, 72 nitida 75 nuttalliana 77 obrussa 73 opacina 80 palustris 62, 64, 68, 75, 76, 78 pereger 60 perpolita 78 petersi 66 petitii So pingelii (75) preblei 70 proxima 74, 77 randolphi 66, 77 reflexa 60, 62, 72, 77 rowelli 76 solida 78 solidula 75 stagnalis 61, 63, 65, 66 sumassi 66, 69, 71, 72, (77), 78 techella 78, 79 tenuicostata 64 traskii 74 164 Lymnea truncatula 60, 61, 62, 64, 72, 73 tryoni 74 tryoniana 74 vahlii 74, 75 wormskioldi (75) zrmanjz 61, 65 Lymneide 59 Lymneus (60) columellus (70) emarginatus (68) Lymnea (60) cornea (77) Lymneus (60) caperatus (79) desidiosus (73) emarginatus (68) galbanus (73) humilis (73) megasomus (67) minutus (72) reflexus (77) Lymnophysa (61) Lymnula (60) Lymnus (60) Lyogyrus 178 granum 178, 119 lehnerti (117) Macrocyclis 33 vancouverensis (34) Macrophysa (100), zor Margarita oregonensis (128) Margaritana 131 falcata 132 margaritifera II, 132 Melania 117 canaliculata (116) conica (116) plicifera (116) silicula (116) Melantho decisa (125) Menetus (81), 82, 86 exacuous 9I opercularis 92 Microphysa 99 lansingi 44 pygmea (53) stearnsii (44) Mouretia (111) INDEX Muretia (111) Musculium jayanum 139 lenticula 140 partumeium 139 raymondi 138 tenue 139 transversum 139 truncatum I40 Mya complanata (133) margaritifera (132) radiata (126) Myxas (104) Naiades 225 Nauta (104) hypnorum (106), (107) polaris (107) Nautilina (83) Nautilus crista (96) lacustris 97 Neritostoma 55, (61) Odostomia (115) Oligolimax (36) Omphalia (61) Omphalolimnus (61), 63 Omphiscola 60, (61), 62 Onchidella r72 borealis 772, 113, II4 carpenteri 113 celtica 112, 113, 114 floridana 114 Onchidiide zr2 Onchidium 772, 114, I15 boreale (112) celticum 113 nigricans I12 schrammi 114 typhe 112 Orbis (81) Oreohelix 57 cooperi 52 stantoni 52 strigosa 57, 52 Oxyloma 55 hungarica 55 Pazana (36) Paludina cincinnatiensis 118 INDEX Paludina decisa (125) emarginata (118) grana (118) hyalina (91) limosa (117) lustrica 120 nuclea (119) obtusa (118) porata (117) seminalis (119) virens (119) Paraspira 82, 86 Parmacellina (36) vitrineformis 36 Patella (107) lacustris 107, 108 Patula 49 asteriscus (51) cronkhitei (50) occidentalis 49 pauper 50, 51 solitaria (49) striatella 50 Patulastra pugetensis (43) Periophthalmus 115 Petasia (39) fabricii (41) fulva 40 trochiformis (40) Phenacarion foliolatus (47) hemphilli (47) Phenacolimax (36) Phymesoda dubia (141) idahoénsis (141) scutellata 141 virginica 141 Physa 11, 63, (81), 84, 99, (100), Ior, 102, (104), 105, 107 albofilata (102) ampullacea ro? ancillaria ro2 bullata (103) columnaris 99, IoI contorta 99 costata 100, IOI crassa (102) elongata (106) elongatina 107 fontinalis 11, 99, (102), 105 Physa fragilis (101) glabra (106) globosa 99 guildingii 99, 100 gyrina sor heterostropha soz, 103 hildrethiana 102 hordeacea 103, 107 hypnorum (106) lata (ror) lordi so2, 103 microstoma 99 obesa (102) oleacea (102) parkeri (102), 103 philippii (1or) plicata (101) polaris 107 primeana (ror) propinqua 703 turrita (106) vinosa I02 Physastra (61), 62, 64 vestita 61, 64 Physella (99), 100 Physide 99, Ior Physodon (99), 100 Physopsis 100, Ior Phyza (99), (104) Pierosoma 81, 85 binneyi 87 corpulentus 87, 88 trivolvis 88 Pisidium 3, I41 abditum (142), (143) abyssomus (143) abyssorum (143) zquilaterale (141) arcticum (144) boreale (144) compressum (142) glaciale (144) henslowianum (145) idahoénse (141) nivale (144) occidentale (143) randolphi (145) rotundatum (143) scutellatum (141) 165 166 Pisidium sibiricum (144) steenbuchii (143) ultramontanum (144) variabile (142) ventricosum (143) virginicum (141) Planaria (83) Planella (120) Planogyra 51 asteriscus 57, 122 Planorbarius (81) Planorbe brun 80 Planorbella 87, 85 campanulatus go Planorbina 87, 83, 84 glabrata 86 Planorbis 63, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 102, (104), 105 alabamensis 92 albus 83, 86, (93), 94 ammon 88 andecolus 81 arcticus 96 armatus 97 armiger 97, (98), 99 armigerus 97, (98) bellus (90) bicarinatus 81, 84, 87 billingsi (95) binneyi 87, 88, 89 boissyi 82 borealis (93), 94 brongniartiana 91 buchanensis 92 calculus 81 callioglyptus (92), 93 campanulatus 81, 85, 90 carinatus 82 centervillensis (92), 93 complanatus 82, 85, 90 concavus (95) contortus 83, 86 corneus 8o, 81, 83, 84 cornu-arietis 84 corpulentus 87 costatus (96) crista 96 cristatus (96) declivis 98 INDEX Planorbis deflectus 9¢ dilatatus 92 disjectus 89 draparnaldi 94 draparnaudi 94 elevatus (95) engonatus (87) exacuous 97, 92, 93 exacutus (9I) fontanus 82, 86 glabratus 86 guadeloupensis 81 hirsutus 93, 94 hispidus 83 hornii 89, 90 imbricatus (96) lacustris 97 lens 91 lentus (86), (88) libanicus 82, 83 limophilus 95 lineatus 97 loryi 81 macrostomus (88), 89, 90 major 87 marginatus 82 megas 91 multivolvis 82, 85 nathorsti 96 nautileus (96) nitidus 97 obliquus 94 occidentalis 89 olivaceus 84 opercularis 82, 86, 92 oregonensis 89, (92), 93 parallelus (52) parvus 83, 86, 95, 96 planulatus 92, 93 rotundatus 82, 86 Tudentis go, 91 subcrenatus (88), 89, 90 traskii 88 trivolvis 81, 85, 87, 88, 89, 90 tumens 88, 89 turritus (106) umbilicatellus 96 umbilicatus 82, 85, (96) vermicularis 95 Planorbis virens 9¢ vortex 82, 85 vulgaris 82 wheatleyi 97, 98 yzabalensis 82, 86 Planorbula (97), 98 armigera 98 christyi 99 Plesiophysa Io1 Pleurocera 176 canaliculata 776 Pleurolimnza (60), 63, 64 tenuicostata 60 Poeyia (108) gundlachioides 108 Polita (39) fulva (40) Polygyra 24 albolabris 26 columbiana 24, 34 devia 24 germana 25, 26 labiosa (24) megasoma 26 monodon 26 ptychophora 25 santacruzensis 24 townsendiana 25 Polygyrus (83) Polyrhytis (61), 63, 64 Pomatiopsis 779 lapidaria 119, (120) Pompholyx 63 Primella raymondi (139) Pristiloma 44 arctica 45 idahoénse ¢¢ lansingi ¢¢ pilsbryi ¢¢ stearnsi (44), 45 stearnsii ¢¢ taylori ¢¢ Prophysaon 46 andersoni 46 ceruleum 47 dubium (47) fasciatum (47) flavum (46) foliolatum 47 INDEX Prophysaon hemphilli (46), 47 humile 47 marmoratum (46) obscurum (47) pacificum (46) pallidum (46) suffusum (46) Proptera alatus (127) Protancylus 109 Pseudohyalina minuscula (43) pugetensis (43) Pterosygna 131 Pulmobranchia Iol Punctum 53 asteriscus 53 clappi 51, 53 conspectum I0, 53 minutissimum (53) pugetensis (43) pygmeum 53 randolphi 53 Pupa alticola (54) arctica (32) armifera (27) badia (28) bigranata (28) blandi (28) columella (54) contracta (27) corpulenta (29) costulata (21) decora (29) edentula (54) exigua (116) gouldii (30) gredleri (54) holzingeri (28) hoppii (29) lundstromi (28) milium (32) modesta (29) pentodon (28) pygmea (33) signata (28) simplex (54) steenbuchi (29) superioris (33) Pupide 27 Pupilla 28 167 168 Pupilla badia (28), (29) blandi 28 muscorum 28, (29) Pyramidula 49 alternata 49 asteriscus 57 cronkhitei 50, 51 limitaris ¢9 randolphi (53) ruderata 50, 51 solitaria gg striatella 50 Quadrula 133 heros 133 hippopea 133 lachrymosa 133 plicata 133 rubiginosa 134 undulata 133 Radix (60), 62, 63, 64, 65, 67, 68, 71, 72 binneyi 69 columella 70 mighelsi 68 randolphi 71 Rivicola (99) Sandria 65 Saraphia (115) tridentata I15 Segmentaria (97) Segmentina 97, 98 armigera 98 christyi 99 Selenites 33 vancouverensis (34) Semilimax (35), (36) Siphonaria z7z sipho III thersites rzz Siphonariide zzz Spheriide 134, 145 Spherium 134 aureum 135 cooperianum (139) corneum 135 dentatum 136, 137 emarginatum 138 INDEX Spherium fabale 137 fabalis (136) flavum 138 jayanum 1739 lenticula 740 medium 740 nobile 137 occidentale 136, 137 partumeium 739 patella 738 primeanum rgz raymondi 138 rhomboideum 136, 141 simile 734 solidulum 736 spokani 138 stagnicola rgo stamineum 136 striatinum 135 sulcatum (134) tenue 7379, 140 transversum 139 truncatum 74o tumidum 738 walkeri 135 Sphyradium 54 edentulum 54 Spiralina (81) Spirodiscus corneus (81) Spirorbis (82) Stagnicola (60), 62, 64, 68, 71, 72, 74 adeline 78 anticostiana 79 bulimoides 79 caperata 79 catascopium 77 communis (76) emarginata 68 palustris 76 perpolita 78 reflexa 77 Stenotrema germanum (25) Strepomatide 776 Striatura milium (43) Strobila labyrinthica 27 Strophitus 727 edentulus (127) rugosus 127 Succinea (55), 55, 71, 105 INDEX Succinea alaskana 58 Trimusculus (111) annexa (59) Trochilus terrestris mortoni 4o aurelia (59) Trochlea (83) avara 55, 56, 57 Trochovitrina (36) campestris (58) Trochula 4o chrysis 10, 59 decampi (56) dunkeri 55 elegans 55 greeri (58) gronlandica 57 grosvenori 57 Trochulus (40) trochiformis (41) Trochus (39) terrestris (40) Trophidiscus (82) Tropidina (120), 121 hawkinsi 57 Tropidiscus (Sr), 82, 85 haydeni (56) Tropidocyclas henslowana 145 lineata (59) Truella (55) minor (56) elongata 55 nuttalliana 58 Turbo (104), (115) obliqua 58 muscorum (28) oblonga 55 nautileus (96) oregonensis 56 stagnalis (106) ovalis 55, (56), (58), 59 pfeifferi 55 Unio II, 133 putris 55 alatus (126) retusa (56), 57, 58 asperrimus (133) rusticana 58 borealis (126) sillimani 57 complanatus (132), 733 totteniana 55 costatus (133) vermeta (57) crassus (126), (133) verrilli 57 dahuricus (132) wardiana (57) ellipsiformis (126) Succineide 5S elongatus (132) Succinia (55) falcatus (132) Symphynota 131 flavus (134) complanata 737 gracilis (127) costata 737 heros (133) katherine 131 hippopeus (133) katherine (131) Tanousia (61), 62, 65 lachrymosus (133) Tapada (55) ligamentinus (126) Taphius (81), 85 luteolus (125) Teba (39) mongolicus (132) Tellina henslowana (145) multiplicatus (133) virginica (141) pictorum 13 Torquis 83, 56 plicatus (133 arcticus 96 quadrulus (133) nathorsti 96 radiatus (126) parvus 95 rectus (126) umbilicatellus 96 rubiginosus (134) vermicularis 95 sinuatus (132) 169 170 INDEX Unio spatulatus (126) Vertigo hoppii 29 trigonus (134) krauseana 32 undulatus (133) lagganensis (31) ventricosus (125) milium 32, 33 modesta 29 Vallonia 22 ovata 31, 72 albula 23 parietalis (29) asiatica 237 pentodon (28) costata 23 pygmea 33 gracilicosta 23 simplex (54) minuta (22) ventricosa 37 pulchella 22, 23 Vertilla milium (32), 33 rosalia (23) Vesica (59) Valvata 85, (120) Vitrea 38, (40) carinata (121) binneyana 39 confusa (121) fulva (41) cristata 120, 122, 124 indentata 39 helicoidea 123 nitidula 39 humeralis 121 radiatula 38 jelskii 120, 121 Vitrina 35, (36), 37 lewisi 723 alaskana 37, 38 mergella 12g americana (37) minuta 120 angelice 36, 37 nylanderi 122 beryllina 37 piscinalis 120, 121, 124 bicolor 36 sibirica 124 conoidea 36 simplex (121), 122, 123 diaphana 36 sincera 122, (123) exilis 37, (38) striata (123) lederi 36 tricarinata 120, r2z, 122 limpida 37 unicarinata (121) major 36 virens 124 pauluccie 36 Valvatide 120 pellucida 36, (37) Valvearius (120) pfeifferi (37) Velifera 36 Vitrinozonites 36 Velletia (108), Iog Vitrinus (35) Velutinopsis (61), 62, 65 Vivipara 11 Vertigo 3, 29 Viviparide z2¢ approximans (31) Vortex 81 arctica 32 Vorticifex 63 arthuri (31) binneyana 37 Zagrabica (61), 65 bollesiana (30) brusiniana 65 borealis 30 naticoides 61 callosa (33) Zonites (39) castanea (29) conspectus (53) columbiana 30 fulvus (40) elatior (31) lansingi 44 gouldii 30 nitidulus (39) INDEX 171 Zonites stearnsii (44) Zonitoides pugetensis 43 viridulus (38), 39 randolphi 43 Zonitide 35 Zoogenites 21 Zonitoides 42 harpa 12, 2/, 22, 122 arboreus 42 Zua lubrica (33) milium (43) lubricoidea (33) minusculus 47 Zurama (22) nitidus 2 a HYDROIDS OF THE EXPEDITION The following paper on the Hydroids of the Expedition, by Pro- fessor C. C. Nutting, of the University of Iowa, was originally pub- lished in the Proceedings of the Washington Academy of Sciences, vol. 11, pp. 157-216, May 11, 1901. It is here reprinted from the same electrotype plates, so that it may be quoted exactly as if it were the original. The original pagination has been preserved and transferred to the inner or hinge side of the page, where it is enclosed in brackets, thus [159]; while the consecutive pagination of the present volume has been added in the usual place. In the plates the original number and running headline, slightly abbreviated, have been preserved [in brackets], while the volume designation and serial plate number have been added in the usual place. The original text references to the plates are unchanged. The present headpiece and title have been sub- stituted for the running heading of the Academy’s Proceedings and the original title, which was: Papers from the Harriman Alaska Expedition. XXI. The Hydrotds. No other alterations have been made. Epitor. (174) a Se NZ Wie NI NNU7F SNF SSN S ee E HYDROIDS OF THE EXPEDITION BY C. C, NUTTING CONTENTS PTL EVOOUCEION gong Maryse) te ete) pee eae sate acl s Sa (ce ter siya